SEC Info  
   Home     Search     My Interests     Help     Sign In     Please Sign In  

Schwab Strategic Trust, et al. · N-1A · On 7/15/09

Filed On 7/15/09, 4:13pm ET   ·   Accession Number 950123-9-22452   ·   SEC Files 811-22311, 333-160595

  in   Show  and 
Help... Wildcards:  ? (any letter),  * (many).  Logic:  for Docs:  & (and),  | (or);  for Text:  | (anywhere),  "(&)" (near).
 
  As Of                Filer                Filing    For/On/As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 7/15/09  Schwab Strategic Trust            N-1A                   4:1.2M                                   RR Donnelley/FA
          Schwab Strategic Trust
Subsequent Filings That Reference This Filing:
10/27/09  Schwab Strategic Trust            8-A12B                 1:2                                      Bowne/FA
 7/23/10  Schwab Strategic Trust            8-A12B                 1:2                                      Bowne/FA
 1/10/11  Schwab Strategic Trust            8-A12B                 1:2                                      RR Donnelley/FA
 7/12/11  Schwab Strategic Trust            8-A12B      7/11/11    1:13K                                    RR Donnelley/FA
10/17/11  Schwab Strategic Trust            8-A12B                 1:13K                                    RR Donnelley/FA

Registration Statement of an Open-End Management Investment Company   —   Form N-1A
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: N-1A        Registration Statement of an Open-End Management    HTML    903K 
                          Investment Company                                     
 2: EX-99.(A)(1)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     11K 
 3: EX-99.(A)(2)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML    115K 
 4: EX-99.(B)   Miscellaneous Exhibit                               HTML     29K 


N-1A   —   Registration Statement of an Open-End Management Investment Company
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"About the Funds
"Schwab International Equity ETF
"Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
"Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
"Fund Management
"Investing in the Funds
"Share Trading Prices
"Determination of Net Asset Value
"Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units
"Transaction Policies
"Portfolio Holdings
"Distributions and Taxes
"Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
"Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
"Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
"Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
"Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
"Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
"Investment Objectives, Strategies, Risks and Limitations
"Continuous Offering
"Management of the Funds
"Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities
"Investment Advisory and Other Services
"Portfolio Managers
"Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
"Proxy Voting
"Description of the Trust
"Purchase, Redemption, Delivery of Shareholder Documents and Pricing of Shares
"Taxation
"Appendix -Description of Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
"1. Operational Items
"Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports
"Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees
"Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors
"Allocation of Income
"Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative
"Amendments to Articles of Association
"Change in Company Fiscal Term
"Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership
"Amend Quorum Requirements
"Transact Other Business
"2. Board of Directors
"Director Elections
"RMG Classification of Directors -- International Policy 2009
"Discharge of Directors
"Director Compensation
"Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions
"Board Structure
"3. Capital Structure
"Share Issuance Requests
"Increases in Authorized Capital
"Reduction of Capital
"Capital Structures
"Preferred Stock
"Debt Issuance Requests
"Pledging of Assets for Debt
"Increase in Borrowing Powers
"Share Repurchase Plans
"Reissuance of Repurchased Shares
"Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value
"4. Other
"Reorganizations/Restructurings
"Mergers and Acquisitions
"Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers
"Reincorporation Proposals
"Expansion of Business Activities
"Related-Party Transactions
"Compensation Plans
"Antitakeover Mechanisms
"Shareholder Proposals

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  nv1a  

Table of Contents

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 15, 2009
FILE NOS.                   
811-22311
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933           þ
Pre-Effective Amendment No.      o
Post-Effective Amendment No.      o
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940      þ
Amendment No.      o
 
SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip code)
(800) 648-5300
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
     
NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE:   COPY TO:
  W. John McGuire, Esq.
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
211 Main Street
  1111 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
211MN-05-495
  Washington, D.C. 20004
   
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 



Table of Contents

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Schwab International ETFs
Schwab Funds®
Prospectus
___, 2009
    Schwab International Equity ETF
 
    Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
 
    Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
As with all exchange traded funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 



 


Schwab International ETFs
         
    1  
    2  
    8  
    14  
    21  
    22  
    23  
    23  
    24  
    26  
    26  
    26  

-i-



Table of Contents


ABOUT THE FUNDS
The funds described in this Prospectus are advised by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”). Each of the funds is an “exchange traded fund” (“ETF”). ETFs are funds that trade like other publicly-traded securities. Because the composition of an index tends to be comparatively stable, index funds historically have shown low portfolio turnover compared to actively managed funds.
This strategy distinguishes an index fund from an “actively managed” fund. Instead of choosing investments for the fund based on portfolio management’s judgment, an index is used to determine which securities the fund should own.
Unlike shares of a mutual fund, shares of the funds are listed on a national securities exchange and trade at market prices that change throughout the day. The market price for each of the fund’s shares may be different from its net asset value per share (“NAV”). The funds have their own CUSIP numbers and trade on the NYSE Arca, Inc. under the following tickers:
      Schwab International Equity ETF
 
      Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
 
      Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
The funds issue and redeem shares at their NAV only in large blocks of shares, typically 25,000 shares or more (“Creation Units”). These transactions are usually in exchange for a basket of securities and an amount of cash. As a practical matter, only institutions or large investors purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares of the funds are not redeemable securities.

A NOTE TO RETAIL INVESTORS
Shares can be purchased directly from the funds only in exchange for a basket of securities that is expected to be worth several million dollars. Most individual investors, therefore, will not be able to purchase shares directly from the funds. Instead, these investors will purchase shares in the secondary market through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker. Thus, some of the information contained in this Prospectus — such as information about purchasing and redeeming shares from the funds and references to transaction fees imposed on purchases and redemptions — is not relevant to most individual investors. Shares purchased or sold through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.
Except as explicitly described otherwise, the investment objective, the benchmark index and the investment policies of each of the funds may be changed without shareholder approval.
The funds’ performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.

-1-



Table of Contents


Schwab International Equity ETF
Ticker symbol:                    
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Developed ex-US Index.1
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes is comprised of large and mid capitalization companies in developed countries outside the United States, as defined by the index provider. The index defines the large and mid capitalization universe as approximately the top 90% of the eligible universe. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 1,325 stocks in 23 developed market countries.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index; which may be in the form of American Depositary receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary receipts (“EDRs”). The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does, and does not hedge its exposure to foreign currencies beyond using forward contracts to lock in exchange rates for the portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions establish a rate of exchange that can be expected to be received upon settlement of the securities.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts, forward contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
 
1   Index ownership — “FTSE®” is a trademark of The Financial Times Limited (“FT”) and the London Exchange plc (the “Exchange”) and is used by the fund under license. The Schwab International Equity ETF is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by FT or the Exchange and FT and the Exchange do not make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in shares of the fund.

2



Table of Contents

Because it may not be possible or practicable to purchase all of the stocks in the index, the Adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including country weightings, capitalization, and industry factors. The fund generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve the fund’s investment objective.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index, including the degree to which a fund utilizes a sampling technique. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-Cap and Mid-Cap Risk. Although the index encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy, its performance primarily reflects that of large- and mid-cap stocks. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies

3



Table of Contents

because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments- bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance-the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Foreign Investment Risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities’ markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions.
Currency Risk. As a result of its investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. Dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. Dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements extremely difficult. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or as principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular currency for the fund’s account. The fund is subject to the risk of a principal’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts.
Depositary Receipt Risk. Foreign securities also include ADRs, which are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts representing shares of foreign-based corporations. ADRs are issued by U.S. banks or trust companies, and entitle the holder to all dividends and capital gains that are paid out on the underlying foreign shares. Foreign securities also include GDRs, which are similar to ADRs, but are shares of foreign-based corporations generally issued by international banks in one or more markets around the world. In addition, foreign securities includes EDRs, similar to GDRs, are shares of foreign-based corporations generally issued by European banks that trade on exchanges outside of the bank’s home country. Investment in ADRs, GDRs and EDRs may be less liquid than the underlying shares in their primary trading market and GDRs, many of which are issued by companies in emerging markets, may be more volatile.

4



Table of Contents

Sampling Index Tracking Risk. The fund does not fully replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes a sampling approach its return may not correlate as well with the return on its index, as would be the case if the fund purchased all of the equity securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The

5



Table of Contents

fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses

6



Table of Contents

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

7



Table of Contents


Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Developed Small Cap ex-US Liquid Index. 2
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes is comprised of small capitalization companies in developed countries outside the United States, as defined by the index provider. The index defines the small capitalization universe as approximately the bottom 10% of the eligible universe with a minimum free float capitalization of $150 million. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 1820 stocks in 23 developed market countries.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index; which may be in the form of American Depositary receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary receipts (“EDRs”). The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does, and does not hedge its exposure to foreign currencies beyond using forward contracts to lock in exchange rates for the portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions establish a rate of exchange that can be expected to be received upon settlement of the securities. The fund generally expects that its country weightings will be similar to those of the index.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts, forward contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
 
2   Index ownership — “FTSE®” is a trademark of The Financial Times Limited (“FT”) and the London Exchange plc (the “Exchange”) and is used by the fund under license. The Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by FT or the Exchange and FT and the Exchange do not make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in shares of the fund.

8



Table of Contents

Because it may not be possible or practicable to purchase all of the stocks in the index, the Adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including country weightings, capitalization, and industry factors. The fund generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve the fund’s investment objective.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events

9



Table of Contents

than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Foreign Investment Risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities’ markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions.
Currency Risk. As a result of its investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. Dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. Dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements extremely difficult. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or as principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular currency for the fund’s account. The fund is subject to the risk of a principal’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts.
Depositary Receipt Risk. Foreign securities also include ADRs, which are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts representing shares of foreign-based corporations. ADRs are issued by U.S. banks or trust companies, and entitle the holder to all dividends and capital gains that are paid out on the underlying foreign shares. Foreign securities also include GDRs, which are similar to ADRs, but are shares of foreign-based corporations generally issued by international banks in one or more markets around the world. In addition, foreign securities includes EDRs, similar to GDRs, are shares of foreign-based corporations generally issued by European banks that trade on exchanges outside of the bank’s home country. Investment in ADRs, GDRs and EDRs may be less liquid than the underlying shares in their primary trading market and GDRs, many of which are issued by companies in emerging markets, may be more volatile.

10



Table of Contents

Sampling Index Tracking Risk. The fund does not fully replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes a sampling approach its return may not correlate as well with the return on its index, as would be the case if the fund purchased all of the equity securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The

11



Table of Contents

fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses

12



Table of Contents

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

13



Table of Contents


Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE All-Emerging Index. 3
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes is comprised of large and mid capitalization companies in emerging market countries, as defined by the index provider. The index defines the large and mid capitalization universe as approximately the top 90% of the eligible universe. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 824 stocks in 23 emerging market countries.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index; which may be in the form of American Depositary receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary receipts (“EDRs”). The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does, and does not hedge its exposure to foreign currencies beyond using forward contracts to lock in exchange rates for the portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions establish a rate of exchange that can be expected to be received upon settlement of the securities.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts, forward contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
 
3   Index ownership — “FTSE®” is a trademark of The Financial Times Limited (“FT”) and the London Exchange plc (the “Exchange”) and is used by the fund under license. The Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by FT or the Exchange and FT and the Exchange do not make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in shares of the fund.

14



Table of Contents

Because it may not be possible or practicable to purchase all of the stocks in the index, the Adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including country weightings, capitalization, and industry factors. The fund generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve the fund’s investment objective.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-Cap and Mid-Cap Risk. Although the index encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy, its performance primarily reflects that of large- and mid-cap stocks. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies

15



Table of Contents

because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments- bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance-the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Emerging Markets Risk. Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, unreliable securities valuation and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. It is sometimes difficult to obtain and enforce court judgments in such countries and there is often a greater potential for nationalization and/or expropriation of assets by the government of an emerging market country. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.
Foreign Investment Risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities’ markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions.
Currency Risk. As a result of its investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. Dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. Dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements extremely difficult. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or as principal in order to make or take future delivery of a

16



Table of Contents

specified lot of a particular currency for the fund’s account. The fund is subject to the risk of a principal’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts.
Depositary Receipt Risk. Foreign securities also include ADRs, which are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts representing shares of foreign-based corporations. ADRs are issued by U.S. banks or trust companies, and entitle the holder to all dividends and capital gains that are paid out on the underlying foreign shares. Foreign securities also include GDRs, which are similar to ADRs, but are shares of foreign-based corporations generally issued by international banks in one or more markets around the world. In addition, foreign securities includes EDRs, similar to GDRs, are shares of foreign-based corporations generally issued by European banks that trade on exchanges outside of the bank’s home country. Investment in ADRs, GDRs and EDRs may be less liquid than the underlying shares in their primary trading market and GDRs, many of which are issued by companies in emerging markets, may be more volatile.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk. The fund does not fully replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes a sampling approach its return may not correlate as well with the return on its index, as would be the case if the fund purchased all of the equity securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.

17



Table of Contents

Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under

18



Table of Contents

normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return.. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses

19



Table of Contents

remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                  
  $                     

20



Table of Contents


Fund Management
The investment adviser for the Schwab International ETFs is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., (“CSIM”) 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds® and Laudus Funds®. The firm has more than $ ___ billion under management and manages assets for more than ___ million shareholder accounts. (All figures on this page are as of 06/30/09.)
As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the fund. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from the funds, expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets.
                 
Schwab International Equity ETF
                                 %
Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
                                 %
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
                                 %
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the funds’ investment advisory agreements will be available in the funds’ annual and/or semi-annual report.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and each fund, the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e. 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Jeffrey Mortimer, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer of the Adviser, is responsible for the overall management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in October 1997, he worked for more than eight years in asset management.
Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the Adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in November 1998, he worked for 20 years in equity management.
Ron Toll, a portfolio manager of the Adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. He joined the firm in 1998, became Manager, Portfolio Operations in 2000, Manager, Portfolio Operations and Analytics in 2005 and was named to his current position in 2007.
Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the funds is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

21



Table of Contents

Other Considerations
Distribution and Services Plan. Each fund has adopted a Distribution and Service Plans in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which each fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The plan allows the funds to pay distribution service fees to the funds’ distributor and other firms that provide distribution services. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations). Because these fees would be paid out of each funds’ assets on an on-going basis, if payments are made in the future, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Payments by the Adviser. The Adviser may, from time to time, at its own expense, compensate purchasers of Creation Units who have purchased substantial amounts of Creation Units and other financial institutions for administrative or marketing services. These payments may be made from profits received by the Adviser from management fees paid to the Adviser by the funds. Such activities by the Adviser may provide incentives to financial institutions to purchase or market shares of the funds. Additionally, these activities may give the Adviser additional access to sales representatives of such financial institutions, which may increase sales of fund shares.
Distributor. The Fund’s Distributor is ___. The Distributor, located at ___, is a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the funds and does not maintain a secondary market in shares of the funds.

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS
On the following pages, you will find information on buying and selling shares. Most investors will invest in the funds through an intermediary by placing orders through their brokerage account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or an account with another broker/dealer or other intermediary. Authorized Participants (as defined in “Transaction Policies,” below) may invest directly in the funds by placing orders for Creation Units through the funds’ transfer agent (direct orders). Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
Shares of the funds trade on national securities exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other shares of publicly traded securities. When buying or selling shares through a broker most investors will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges. In addition, you may incur the cost of the “spread” — that is, any difference between the bid price and the ask price.
 
Shares of the funds trade under the following trading symbols:
 
Schwab International Equity ETF
Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF

22



Table of Contents

Shares of the funds may be acquired or redeemed directly from the funds only in Creation Units or multiples thereof; as discussed in the “Creation and Redemption” section below. Once created, shares of the fund trade in the secondary market in amounts less than a Creation Unit. The funds do not impose any minimum investment for shares of the funds purchased on an exchange or in the secondary market. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares are not redeemable by the funds.

Share Trading Prices
As with other types of securities, the trading prices of shares in the secondary market can be affected by market forces such as supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors. The price you pay or receive when you buy or sell your shares in the secondary market may be more (a premium) or less (a discount) than the NAV of such shares.
The approximate value of shares of the funds are disseminated every fifteen seconds throughout the trading day by the national securities exchange on which the funds are listed or by other information providers. This approximate value should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV, because the approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once per day. The approximate value generally is determined by using current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the funds. The funds and adviser are not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the approximate value and make no warranty as to its accuracy.

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the funds’ shares is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on each day the NYSE is open for trading (each, a “Business Day”). NAV per share is calculated by dividing the funds’ net assets by the number of funds’ shares outstanding.
In valuing their securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, the funds may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees (described below). When valuing fixed income securities with remaining maturities of more than 60 days, the funds use the value of the security provided by pricing services. The pricing services may value fixed income securities at an evaluated price by employing methodologies that utilize actual market transaction, broker-supplied valuations, or other methodologies designed to identify the market value for such securities. When valuing fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, the funds may use the security’s amortized cost, which approximates the security’s market value.
The funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the funds’ securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, the funds may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market. By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the funds seek to establish prices

23



Table of Contents

that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology seeks to ensure that the prices at which the funds’ shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders. The funds make fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the funds’ valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that the funds could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.
Shareholders of the funds should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of the funds’ portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the funds.
Transactions in funds’ shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares directly from the funds in Creation Units. Funds’ shares are purchased or sold on a national securities exchange at market prices, which may be higher or lower than NAV, and may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
Creation and Redemption
The shares that trade in the secondary market are “created” at NAV. The funds issue and redeem shares only in Creation Units, which are large blocks of shares, typically 25,000 shares or more. Only institutional investors, who have entered into an authorized participant agreement (known as “Authorized Participants”), may purchase or redeem Creation Units. Creation Units generally are issued and redeemed in exchange for a specified basket of securities approximating the holdings of the funds and a designated amount of cash. Each Business Day, prior to the opening of trading, the funds publish the specific securities and designated amount of cash included in that day’s basket for the funds through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or other method of public dissemination. The funds reserve the right to accept or pay out a basket of securities or cash that differs from the published basket. The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are based on the next calculation of NAV after an order is received in proper form (as described in the authorized participant agreement). Orders from Authorized Participants to create or redeem Creation Units will only be accepted on a Business Day and are subject to acceptance by the funds and the transfer agent.
Creations and redemptions must be made by an Authorized Participant or through a firm that is either a member of the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC or a DTC participant, and in each case, must have executed an agreement with the Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Unit aggregations. Information about the procedures regarding creation and redemption of Creation Units is included in the funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
Authorized Participants and the Continuous Offering of Shares
Because new shares may be created and issued on an ongoing basis, at any point during the life of the funds, a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), may be occurring. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a

24



Table of Contents

manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject to the prospectus-delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act. Nonetheless, any determination of whether one is an underwriter must take into account all the relevant facts and circumstances of each particular case.
Broker-dealers should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters,” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary transactions), and thus dealing with shares that are part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(3)(C) of the Securities Act, would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(3) of the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the Securities Act is only available with respect to transactions on a national securities exchange.
Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units
The funds may impose a creation transaction fee and a redemption transaction fee to offset transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units of shares. The creation and redemption transaction fees applicable to the funds are listed below. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to each purchaser on the day such purchaser creates a Creation Unit. The standard fee is a single charge and will be the amount indicated below regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by an investor on the same day. Similarly, the standard redemption transaction fee will be the amount indicated regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed that day. Purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units of the funds for cash will also be subject to an additional variable charge of up to a maximum of four times the amount shown below under “Maximum Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee” to offset the transaction cost to the funds of buying portfolio securities. In addition, purchasers and redeemers of shares in Creation Units are responsible for payment of the costs of transferring securities to or out of the funds. From time to time, the Adviser may cover the cost of any transaction fees.
The following table also shows, as of                     , 2009, the approximate value of one Creation Unit of the funds, including the standard creation and redemption transaction fee. These fees are payable only by investors who purchase shares directly from the funds. Retail investors who purchase shares through their brokerage account will not pay these fees. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may pay fees for such services.
                         
            Standard   Maximum
    Approximate Value   Creation/Redemption   Creation/Redemption
Name of Fund   of One Creation Unit   Transaction Fee   Transaction Fee
Schwab International Equity ETF
  $                          $                          $                       
 
                       
Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
  $                          $                          $                       
 
                       
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
  $                          $                          $                       

25



Table of Contents


Transaction Policies
Policy regarding short-term or excessive trading. The funds have adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Creation Units of fund shares. However, because the funds are ETFs, only Authorized Participants are authorized to purchase and redeem shares directly with the funds, and purchase and redemption transactions with Authorized Participants are an essential part of the ETF process and help keep ETF trading prices in line with NAV, the funds accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by Authorized Participants. Frequent purchases and redemptions for cash may increase index tracking error and portfolio transaction costs and may lead to realization of capital gains. Frequent in-kind creations and redemptions do not give rise to these concerns. The funds reserve the right to reject any purchase order at any time. The funds reserve the right to impose restrictions on disruptive, excessive, or short-term trading and may reject purchase or redemption orders in such instances. The funds also impose a transaction fee on Creation Unit transactions that is designed to offset the funds’ transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance and redemption of the Creation Units.
Investments by Registered Investment Companies. Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 restricts investments by registered investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including shares of the funds. Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the funds beyond the limits set forth in section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to the Schwab Strategic Trust, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with the funds.

Portfolio holdings information
A description of the funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities is available in the funds’ SAI.

Distributions and Taxes
Any investment in the funds typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the dividends and gains your fund earns. Each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any, annually, although it may do so more frequently as determined by the Trustees of the Trust. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of the funds’ year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the funds’ website www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions generally have tax consequences. Each fund’s net investment income and

26



Table of Contents

short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.
Generally, any sale of your shares is a taxable event. A sale of your shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
At the beginning of every year, the funds provide shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any distributions the funds paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.
More on qualified dividend income and distributions. Dividends that are designated by the funds as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. The funds expect that a portion of the funds’ ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates.
If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of the funds just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when the funds make a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.
You can avoid “buying a dividend,” as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.
Shareholders in the funds may have additional tax considerations as a result of foreign tax payments made by the funds. Typically, these payments will reduce the funds’ dividends but will still be included in your taxable income. You may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxes paid by a fund, however.

27



Table of Contents

Taxes on Creation and Redemption of Creation Units
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash component paid. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of the securities and the amount of cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities for Creation Units should consult a tax advisor with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon a redemption (or creation) of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the funds’ shares (or securities surrendered) have been held for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if the shares (or securities surrendered) have been held for one year or less.
If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many shares you purchased or sold and at what price. Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.

28



Table of Contents

PRIVACY NOTICE
THIS IS NOT PART OF THE PROSPECTUS
A Commitment to Your Privacy
Your Privacy Is Not for Sale
We do not and will not sell your personal information to anyone, for any reason.
We are committed to protecting the privacy of information we maintain about you. Below are details about our commitment, including the types of information we collect and how we use and share that information. This Privacy Notice applies to you only if you are an individual who invests directly in the funds by placing orders through the funds’ transfer agent. If you place orders through your brokerage account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. or an account with another broker-dealer, investment advisor, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank or other financial intermediary, you are covered by the privacy policies of that financial institution and should consult those policies.
How We Collect Information About You
We collect personal information about you in a number of ways.
  Application and registration information. We collect personal information from you when you open an account or utilize one of our services. We may also collect information about you from third parties such as consumer reporting agencies to verify your identity. The information we collect may include personal information, including your Social Security number, as well as details about your interests, investments and investment experience.
  Transaction and experience information. Once your account has been opened, we collect and maintain personal information about your account activity, including your transactions, balances, positions and history. This information allows us to administer your account and provide the services you have requested.
  Website usage. When you visit our websites, we may use devices known as “cookies,” graphic interchange format files (GIFs), or other similar web tools to enhance your web experience. These tools help us to recognize you, maintain your web session, and provide a more personalized experience. To learn more, please click the Privacy link on our website.
How We Share and Use Your Information
We provide access to information about you to our affiliated companies, outside companies and other third parties in certain limited circumstances, including:
  to help us process transactions for your account;

29



Table of Contents

  when we use other companies to provide services for us, such as printing and mailing your account statements;
  when we believe that disclosure is required or permitted under law (for example, to cooperate with regulators or law enforcement, resolve consumer disputes, perform credit/authentication checks, or for risk control).
State Laws
We will comply with state laws that apply to the disclosure or use of information about you.
Safeguarding Your Information—Security Is a Partnership
We take precautions to ensure the information we collect about you is protected and is accessed only by authorized individuals or organizations.
Companies we use to provide support services are not allowed to use information about our shareholders for their own purposes and are contractually obligated to maintain strict confidentiality. We limit their use of information to the performance of the specific services we have requested.
We restrict access to personal information by our employees and agents. Our employees are trained about privacy and are required to safeguard personal information.
We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to guard your nonpublic personal information.
Contact Us
To provide us with updated information, report suspected fraud or identity theft, or for any other questions, please call one of the numbers below.
Schwab Funds® direct investors:      1-800-407-0256
© 2009 Schwab Funds®. All rights reserved.

30



Table of Contents

To learn more
This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources.
Annual and semi-annual reports, which are mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about the funds’ holdings and detailed financial information about the funds. Annual reports also contain information from the funds’ managers about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance.
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds® at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit Schwab Funds’ web site at www.schwab.com/prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semi-annual report.
The SAI, the funds’ annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds’ SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room.
SEC File Number
Schwab International ETFs
811-22311
REG                    FLD-__
Prospectus
___, 2009

31



Table of Contents

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Schwab U.S. ETFs
Schwab Funds®
Prospectus
     , 2009
    Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
As with all exchange traded funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 



Table of Contents

         
Schwab U.S. ETFs
       
 
       
    1  
    2  
    7  
    12  
    17  
    22  
    27  
    32  
    33  
    34  
    34  
    35  
    37  
    37  
    37  

-i-



Table of Contents


ABOUT THE FUNDS
The funds described in this Prospectus are advised by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”). Each of the funds is an “exchange traded fund” (“ETF”). ETFs are funds that trade like other publicly-traded securities. Because the composition of an index tends to be comparatively stable, index funds historically have shown low portfolio turnover compared to actively managed funds.
This strategy distinguishes an index fund from an “actively managed” fund. Instead of choosing investments for the fund based on portfolio management’s judgment, an index is used to determine which securities the fund should own.
Unlike shares of a mutual fund, shares of the funds are listed on a national securities exchange and trade at market prices that change throughout the day. The market price for each of the fund’s shares may be different from its net asset value per share (“NAV”). The funds have their own CUSIP numbers and trade on the NYSE Arca, Inc. under the following tickers:
    Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
 
    Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
The funds issue and redeem shares at their NAV only in large blocks of shares, typically 25,000 shares or more (“Creation Units”). These transactions are usually in exchange for a basket of securities and an amount of cash. As a practical matter, only institutions or large investors purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares of the funds are not redeemable securities.

A NOTE TO RETAIL INVESTORS
Shares can be purchased directly from the funds only in exchange for a basket of securities that is expected to be worth several million dollars. Most individual investors, therefore, will not be able to purchase shares directly from the funds. Instead, these investors will purchase shares in the secondary market through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker. Thus, some of the information contained in this Prospectus — such as information about purchasing and redeeming shares from the funds and references to transaction fees imposed on purchases and redemptions — is not relevant to most individual investors. Shares purchased or sold through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.
Except as explicitly described otherwise, the investment objective, the benchmark index and the investment policies of each of the funds may be changed without shareholder approval.
The funds’ performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.

-1-



Table of Contents


Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
Ticker symbol:                    
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market IndexSM.1
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes the largest 2,500 publicly traded U.S. companies for which pricing information is readily available. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that reflects the shares of securities actually available to investors in the marketplace. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 2,493 stocks.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depository receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
Because it may not be possible or practicable to purchase all of the stocks in the index, the Adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including capitalization, dividend yield, price/earnings ratio, and industry factors. The fund
 
1   Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market IndexSM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market IndexSM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

2



Table of Contents

generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve the fund’s investment objective. The fund generally expects that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index, including the degree to which a fund utilizes a sampling technique. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-Cap and Mid-Cap Risk. Although the index encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy, its performance primarily reflects that of large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.

3



Table of Contents

Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk. The fund does not fully replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes a sampling approach its return may not correlate as well with the return on its index, as would be the case if the fund purchased all of the equity securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.

4



Table of Contents

Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.

5



Table of Contents

Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
  None  
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None  
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX %
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

6



Table of Contents


Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM. 2
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market IndexSM actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 743 stocks.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depository receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does. The fund generally expects that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its
 
2   Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

7



Table of Contents

agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-Cap Risk. The index’s performance primarily reflects that of the large-cap segment of the U.S. stock market. Large-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when large-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.

8



Table of Contents

The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.

9



Table of Contents

Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return.. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
  None  
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None  
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX %
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.

10



Table of Contents

**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

11



Table of Contents


Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market IndexSM. 3
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market IndexSM actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market IndexSM includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization and that are classified as “growth” based on a number of factors. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 433 stocks.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depository receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does. The fund generally expects that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so
 
3   Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market IndexSM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market IndexSM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

12



Table of Contents

concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-Cap Risk. The index’s performance primarily reflects that of the large-cap segment of the U.S. stock market. Large-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when large-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Growth Risk. The fund emphasizes a “growth” style of investing. The market values of growth stocks may be more volatile than other types of investments. Prices of growth stocks tend to reflect future expectations, and when those expectations are not met or change, share prices generally fall. The returns on “growth” securities may not move in tandem with the returns on other styles of investing or the stock market in general.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.

13



Table of Contents

Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock

14



Table of Contents

trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return.. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%

15



Table of Contents

 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

16



Table of Contents


Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market IndexSM. 4
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market IndexSM actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market IndexSM includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization and that are classified as “value” based on a number of factors. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 310 stocks.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depository receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does. The fund generally expects that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
 
4   Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market IndexSM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market IndexSM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

17



Table of Contents

The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-Cap Risk. The index’s performance primarily reflects that of the large-cap segment of the U.S. stock market. Large-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when large-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Value Risk. The fund emphasizes a “value” style of investing, which targets undervalued companies with characteristics for improved valuations. This style of investing is subject to the risk that the valuations never improve or that the returns on “value” securities may not move in tandem with the returns on other styles of investing or the stock market in general.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause

18



Table of Contents

tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an

19



Table of Contents

active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return.. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.

20



Table of Contents

Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

21



Table of Contents


Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF  
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM. 5
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes the mid-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market IndexSM actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM includes the components ranked 501-1000 by full market capitalization. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 498 stocks.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depository receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does. The fund generally expects that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its
 
5   Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

22



Table of Contents

agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error, which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Mid-Cap Risk. The index’s performance primarily reflects that of the mid-cap segment of the U.S. stock market. Mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments – bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance – the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific

23



Table of Contents

price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under

24



Table of Contents

normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%

25



Table of Contents

 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

26



Table of Contents


Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF  
Ticker symbol:                     
Investment Objective
The fund’s goal is to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM. 6
Index
The fund’s benchmark index includes the small-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market IndexSM actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM includes the components ranked 751-2500 by full market capitalization. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 1,750 stocks.
Strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks, including depository receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given stock as the index does.
The fund may also invest in securities not included in the index, but which the Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, and in futures, options, swap contracts and other derivatives, cash and cash equivalents. In addition, from time to time, securities are added to or removed from the index. The Adviser may sell securities that are represented in the index, or purchase securities that are not yet represented in the index, in anticipation of their removal from or addition to an index. The Adviser may also choose to overweight securities in the index, purchase or sell securities not in the index or utilize various combinations of other available investment techniques, in seeking to track the index.
Because it may not be possible or practicable to purchase all of the stocks in the index, the Adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of
 
6   Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

27



Table of Contents

factors, including capitalization, dividend yield, price/earnings ratio, and industry factors. The fund generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve the fund’s investment objective. The fund generally expects that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.
The fund will concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser expects that, over time, the fund’s tracking error which is the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index, will not exceed 5%. A number of factors may affect a fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index, including the degree to which a fund utilizes a sampling technique. The performance of the fund and its index may vary somewhat due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index. The fund may lend its securities to minimize this difference in performance that naturally exists between the index fund and the index. There can be no guarantee that a fund will achieve a high degree of correlation.
Risks
Market Risk. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk. The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows the stocks included in the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments – bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance – the fund’s performance also will lag those investments.

28



Table of Contents

Sampling Index Tracking Risk. The fund does not fully replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes a sampling approach its return may not correlate as well with the return on its index, as would be the case if the fund purchased all of the equity securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk. The fund’s return may not match or achieve a high degree of correlation to the return of the index. For example, imperfect correlation between the fund’s securities and those in the index, rounding of prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may cause tracking error, the divergence of the fund’s performance from that of its index. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount.
The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as leverage risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to credit risk, liquidity risk, lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that the fund may not be able to purchase or liquidate a particular derivative at an advantageous time or place. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Leverage Risk. Certain fund transactions, such as derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The

29



Table of Contents

fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Concentration Risk. To the extent that the fund’s or the index’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.
Market Trading Risk. Although fund shares are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted, or if the activation of marketwide “circuit breakers” halts stock trading generally. If the fund’s shares are delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares. The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of operations a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing the variability of the fund’s returns and comparing the fund’s performance to the index.

30



Table of Contents

Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. “Shareholder Fees” are charged to you directly by the fund. “Annual Operating Expenses” are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund’s total return. You may also incur customary brokerage charges when buying or selling fund shares.
Fee table (%)
         
Shareholder fees*   Shares
 
  None
Annual operating expenses**
       
 
Management fees
       
Distribution (12b-1) fees***
    0.00 %
Other expenses****
  None
Total annual operating expenses
  0.XX%
 
*   Fees paid directly from your investment, but see the “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units” section further in this prospectus.
 
**   Expressed as a percentage of average net assets.
 
***   The fund has adopted a Distribution and Services (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to ___, 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations).
 
****   The fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Example
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
     
1 year
  3 years
$                     
  $                     

31



Table of Contents


Fund Management
The investment adviser for the Schwab U.S. ETFs is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., (“CSIM”) 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds® and Laudus Funds®. The firm has more than $                     billion under management and manages assets for more than ___ million shareholder accounts. (All figures on this page are as of 06/30/09.)
As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from the funds, expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets.
         
Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
                         %
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the funds’ investment advisory agreements will be available in the funds’ annual and/or semi-annual report.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and each fund, the Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e. 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Jeffrey Mortimer, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer of the Adviser, is responsible for the overall management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in October 1997, he worked for more than eight years in asset management.
Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the Adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in November 1998, he worked for 20 years in equity management.
Ron Toll, a portfolio manager of the Adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. He joined the firm in 1998, became Manager, Portfolio Operations in 2000, Manager, Portfolio Operations and Analytics in 2005 and was named to his current position in 2007.
Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the funds is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

32



Table of Contents

Other Considerations
Distribution and Services Plan. Each fund has adopted a Distribution and Service Plans in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which each fund is subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The plan allows the funds to pay distribution service fees to the funds’ distributor and other firms that provide distribution services. However, the Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to                     , 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the fund’s operations). Because these fees would be paid out of each funds’ assets on an on-going basis, if payments are made in the future, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Payments by the Adviser. The Adviser may, from time to time, at its own expense, compensate purchasers of Creation Units who have purchased substantial amounts of Creation Units and other financial institutions for administrative or marketing services. These payments may be made from profits received by the Adviser from management fees paid to the Adviser by the funds. Such activities by the Adviser may provide incentives to financial institutions to purchase or market shares of the funds. Additionally, these activities may give the Adviser additional access to sales representatives of such financial institutions, which may increase sales of fund shares.
Distributor. The Fund’s Distributor is                     . The Distributor, located at                     , is a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the funds and does not maintain a secondary market in shares of the funds.

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS
On the following pages, you will find information on buying and selling shares. Most investors will invest in the funds through an intermediary by placing orders through their brokerage account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or an account with another broker/dealer or other intermediary. Authorized Participants (as defined in “Transaction Policies,” below) may invest directly in the funds by placing orders for Creation Units through the funds’ transfer agent (direct orders). Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
Shares of the funds trade on national securities exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other shares of publicly traded securities. When buying or selling shares through a broker most investors will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges. In addition, you may incur the cost of the “spread” – that is, any difference between the bid price and the ask price.
Shares of the funds trade under the following trading symbols:
Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF 
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF 
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF   
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF 

33



Table of Contents

Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF 
Shares of the funds may be acquired or redeemed directly from the funds only in Creation Units or multiples thereof; as discussed in the “Creation and Redemption” section below. Once created, shares of the funds trade in the secondary market in amounts less than a Creation Unit. The funds do not impose any minimum investment for shares of the funds purchased on an exchange or in the secondary market. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares are not redeemable by the funds.

Share Trading Prices
As with other types of securities, the trading prices of shares in the secondary market can be affected by market forces such as supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors. The price you pay or receive when you buy or sell your shares in the secondary market may be more a premium or less a discount than the NAV of such shares.
The approximate value of shares of the funds are disseminated every fifteen seconds throughout the trading day by the national securities exchange on which the funds are listed or by other information providers. This approximate value should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV, because the approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once per day. The approximate value generally is determined by using current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the funds. The funds and adviser are not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the approximate value and make no warranty as to its accuracy.

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the funds’ shares is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on each day the NYSE is open for trading (each, a “Business Day”). NAV per share is calculated by dividing the funds’ net assets by the number of funds’ shares outstanding.
In valuing their securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, the funds may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees (described below). When valuing fixed income securities with remaining maturities of more than 60 days, the funds use the value of the security provided by pricing services. The pricing services may value fixed income securities at an evaluated price by employing methodologies that utilize actual market transaction, broker-supplied valuations, or other methodologies designed to identify the market value for such securities. When valuing fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, the funds may use the security’s amortized cost, which approximates the security’s market value.
The funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the funds’ securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, the funds may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing

34



Table of Contents

source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market. By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the funds seek to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology seeks to ensure that the prices at which the funds’ shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders. The funds make fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the funds’ valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that the funds could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.  
Transactions in funds’ shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares directly from the funds in Creation Units. Funds’ shares are purchased or sold on a national securities exchange at market prices, which may be higher or lower than NAV, and may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
Creation and Redemption
The shares that trade in the secondary market are “created” at NAV. The funds issue and redeem shares only in Creation Units, which are large blocks of shares, typically 25,000 shares or more. Only institutional investors, who have entered into an authorized participant agreement (known as “Authorized Participants”), may purchase or redeem Creation Units. Creation Units generally are issued and redeemed in exchange for a specified basket of securities approximating the holdings of the funds and a designated amount of cash. Each Business Day, prior to the opening of trading, the funds publish the specific securities and designated amount of cash included in that day’s basket for the funds through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or other method of public dissemination. The funds reserve the right to accept or pay out a basket of securities or cash that differs from the published basket. The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are based on the next calculation of NAV after an order is received in proper form (as described in the authorized participant agreement). Orders from Authorized Participants to create or redeem Creation Units will only be accepted on a Business Day and are subject to acceptance by the funds and the transfer agent.
Creations and redemptions must be made by an Authorized Participant or through a firm that is either a member of the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC or a DTC participant, and in each case, must have executed an agreement with the Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Unit aggregations. Information about the procedures regarding creation and redemption of Creation Units is included in the funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
Authorized Participants and the Continuous Offering of Shares
Because new shares may be created and issued on an ongoing basis, at any point during the life of the funds, a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), may be occurring. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a

35



Table of Contents

manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject to the prospectus-delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act. Nonetheless, any determination of whether one is an underwriter must take into account all the relevant facts and circumstances of each particular case.
Broker-dealers should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters,” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary transactions), and thus dealing with shares that are part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(3)(C) of the Securities Act, would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(3) of the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the Securities Act is only available with respect to transactions on a national securities exchange.
Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees for Creation Units
The funds may impose a creation transaction fee and a redemption transaction fee to offset transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units of shares. The creation and redemption transaction fees applicable to the funds are listed below. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to each purchaser on the day such purchaser creates a Creation Unit. The standard fee is a single charge and will be the amount indicated below regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by an investor on the same day. Similarly, the standard redemption transaction fee will be the amount indicated regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed that day. Purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units of the funds for cash will also be subject to an additional variable charge of up to a maximum of four times the amount shown below under “Maximum Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee” to offset the transaction cost to the funds of buying portfolio securities. In addition, purchasers and redeemers of shares in Creation Units are responsible for payment of the costs of transferring securities to or out of the funds. From time to time, the Adviser may cover the cost of any transaction fees.
The following table also shows, as of                     , 2009, the approximate value of one Creation Unit of the funds, including the standard creation and redemption transaction fee. These fees are payable only by investors who purchase shares directly from the funds. Retail investors who purchase shares through their brokerage account will not pay these fees. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may pay fees for such services.
                         
            Standard   Maximum
    Approximate Value   Creation/Redemption   Creation/Redemption
Name of Fund   of One Creation Unit   Transaction Fee   Transaction Fee
Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF 
  $                          $                          $                       
 
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF 
  $                          $                          $                       
 
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
  $                          $                          $                       

36



Table of Contents

                         
            Standard   Maximum
    Approximate Value   Creation/Redemption   Creation/Redemption
Name of Fund   of One Creation Unit   Transaction Fee   Transaction Fee
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF  
  $                          $                          $                       
 
Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF 
  $                          $                          $                       
 
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF 
  $                          $                          $                       

Transaction Policies
Policy regarding short-term or excessive trading. The funds have adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Creation Units of fund shares. However, because the funds are ETFs, only Authorized Participants are authorized to purchase and redeem shares directly with the funds, and purchase and redemption transactions with Authorized Participants are an essential part of the ETF process and help keep ETF trading prices in line with NAV, the funds accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by Authorized Participants. Frequent purchases and redemptions for cash may increase index tracking error and portfolio transaction costs and may lead to realization of capital gains. Frequent in-kind creations and redemptions do not give rise to these concerns. The funds reserve the right to reject any purchase order at any time. The funds reserve the right to impose restrictions on disruptive, excessive, or short-term trading and may reject purchase or redemption orders in such instances. The funds also impose a transaction fee on Creation Unit transactions that is designed to offset the funds’ transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance and redemption of the Creation Units.
Investments by Registered Investment Companies. Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 restricts investments by registered investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including shares of the funds. Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the funds beyond the limits set forth in section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to the Schwab Strategic Trust, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with the funds.

Portfolio holdings information
A description of the funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities is available in the funds’ SAI.

Distributions and Taxes
Any investment in the funds typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the dividends and gains your fund earns. Each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital

37



Table of Contents

gains, if any, annually, although it may do so more frequently as determined by the Trustees of the Trust. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of the funds’ year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the funds’ website www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions generally have tax consequences. Each fund’s net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.
Generally, any sale of your shares is a taxable event. A sale of your shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
At the beginning of every year, the funds provide shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any distributions the funds paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.
More on qualified dividend income and distributions. Dividends that are designated by the funds as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. The funds expects that a portion of the funds’ ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates.
If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of the funds just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when the funds make a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.
You can avoid “buying a dividend,” as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.

38



Table of Contents

Taxes on Creation and Redemption of Creation Units
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash component paid. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of the securities and the amount of cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities for Creation Units should consult a tax advisor with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon a redemption (or creation) of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the funds’ shares (or securities surrendered) have been held for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if the shares (or securities surrendered) have been held for one year or less.
If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many shares you purchased or sold and at what price. Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.

39



Table of Contents

PRIVACY NOTICE
THIS IS NOT PART OF THE PROSPECTUS
A Commitment to Your Privacy
Your Privacy Is Not for Sale
We do not and will not sell your personal information to anyone, for any reason.
We are committed to protecting the privacy of information we maintain about you. Below are details about our commitment, including the types of information we collect and how we use and share that information. This Privacy Notice applies to you only if you are an individual who invests directly in the funds by placing orders through the funds’ transfer agent. If you place orders through your brokerage account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. or an account with another broker-dealer, investment advisor, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank or other financial intermediary, you are covered by the privacy policies of that financial institution and should consult those policies.
How We Collect Information About You
We collect personal information about you in a number of ways.
  Application and registration information. We collect personal information from you when you open an account or utilize one of our services. We may also collect information about you from third parties such as consumer reporting agencies to verify your identity. The information we collect may include personal information, including your Social Security number, as well as details about your interests, investments and investment experience.
  Transaction and experience information. Once your account has been opened, we collect and maintain personal information about your account activity, including your transactions, balances, positions and history. This information allows us to administer your account and provide the services you have requested.
  Website usage. When you visit our websites, we may use devices known as “cookies,” graphic interchange format files (GIFs), or other similar web tools to enhance your web experience. These tools help us to recognize you, maintain your web session, and provide a more personalized experience. To learn more, please click the Privacy link on our website.
How We Share and Use Your Information
We provide access to information about you to our affiliated companies, outside companies and other third parties in certain limited circumstances, including:
  to help us process transactions for your account;

40



Table of Contents

  when we use other companies to provide services for us, such as printing and mailing your account statements;
  when we believe that disclosure is required or permitted under law (for example, to cooperate with regulators or law enforcement, resolve consumer disputes, perform credit/authentication checks, or for risk control).
State Laws
We will comply with state laws that apply to the disclosure or use of information about you.
Safeguarding Your Information—Security Is a Partnership
We take precautions to ensure the information we collect about you is protected and is accessed only by authorized individuals or organizations.
Companies we use to provide support services are not allowed to use information about our shareholders for their own purposes and are contractually obligated to maintain strict confidentiality. We limit their use of information to the performance of the specific services we have requested.
We restrict access to personal information by our employees and agents. Our employees are trained about privacy and are required to safeguard personal information.
We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to guard your nonpublic personal information.
Contact Us
To provide us with updated information, report suspected fraud or identity theft, or for any other questions, please call one of the numbers below.
Schwab Funds® direct investors:      1-800-407-0256
© 2009 Schwab Funds®. All rights reserved.

41



Table of Contents

To learn more
This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources.
Annual and semi-annual reports, which are mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about the funds’ holdings and detailed financial information about the funds. Annual reports also contain information from the funds’ managers about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance.
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds® at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit Schwab Funds’ web site at www.schwab.com/prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semi-annual report.
The SAI, the funds’ annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds’ SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room.
SEC File Number
Schwab U.S. ETF Funds
811-22311
REG                    FLD-___
Prospectus
___, 2009

42



Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Schwab ETFs
Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
Schwab International Equity ETF
Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
                    , 2009
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction the funds’ prospectus dated                     , 2009 (as amended from time to time). To obtain a free copy of any of the prospectuses, please contact Schwab Funds at 1-800-435-4000. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. The prospectus also may be available on the Internet at: http://www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.
Each fund is a series of the Schwab Strategic Trust (the trust). The funds are part of the Schwab complex of funds (“Schwab Funds®”).
         
    4  
    52  
    52  
    55  
    55  
    58  
    60  
    66  
    66  
    67  
    73  
       
REG50329-00

3



Table of Contents


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS
Investment Objectives
Each Fund’s investment objective is not fundamental and therefore may be changed by the funds’ board of trustees without shareholder approval.
The Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market Index.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market Index.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market Index.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market Index.
The Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market Index.
The Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index.
The Schwab International Equity ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Developed ex-US Index.
The Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Developed Small Cap ex-US Liquid Index.
The Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE All-Emerging Index.
There is no guarantee the funds will achieve their investment objectives.
Description of Benchmark Indices
The Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF’s benchmark index, Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market IndexSM, includes the largest 2,500 publicly traded U.S. companies for which pricing information is readily available. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that reflects the shares of securities actually available to investors in the marketplace. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 2,493 stocks.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF’s benchmark index, Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM, includes the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index

4



Table of Contents

actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market Index includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was comprised of 743 stocks.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF’s benchmark index, Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market IndexSM, includes the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Growth Total Stock Market Index includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization and that are classified as “growth” based on a number of factors. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was comprised of 433 stocks.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF’s benchmark index, Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market IndexSM, includes the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Value Total Stock Market Index includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization and that are classified as “value” based on a number of factors. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was comprised of 310 stocks.
The Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF’s benchmark index, Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM, includes the mid-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Total Stock Market Index includes the components ranked 501-1000 by full market capitalization. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was comprised of 498 stocks.
The Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF’s benchmark index, Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market IndexSM, includes the small-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index actually available to investors in the marketplace. The Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index includes the components ranked 751-2500 by full market capitalization. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index. As of June 30, 2009, the index was comprised of 1,750 stocks.
The Schwab International Equity ETF’s benchmark, the FTE Developed ex-US Index, is comprised of large and mid capitalization companies in developed countries outside the United States, as defined by the index provider. The index defines the large and mid capitalization universe as approximately the top 90% of the eligible universe. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 1,325 stocks in 23 developed market countries.
The Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF’s benchmark, the FTSE Developed Small Cap ex-US Liquid Index, is comprised of small capitalization companies in developed countries outside the United States, as defined by the index provider. The index defines the small capitalization universe as approximately the bottom 10% of the eligible universe with a minimum free float capitalization of $150 million. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 1820 stocks in 23 developed market countries. 

5



Table of Contents

The Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF’s benchmark, the FTSE All-Emerging Index, is comprised of large and mid capitalization companies in emerging market countries, as defined by the index provider. The index defines the large and mid capitalization universe as approximately the top 90% of the eligible universe. As of June 30, 2009, the index was composed of 824 stocks in 23 emerging market countries.  
Fund Investment Policies
The Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab International Equity ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing

6



Table of Contents

securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index, including depositary receipts representing securities of the index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
Investments, Risks and Limitations
The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. A fund will invest in securities or engage in techniques that are intended to help achieve its investment objective. Not all investment securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.
Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”) are securities that are backed by the loans or accounts receivable of an entity, such as a bank or credit card company. These securities are obligations that the issuer intends to repay using the assets backing them (once collected). Therefore, repayment may depend largely on the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities. The rate of principal payments on asset-backed securities generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets, which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the yield on any asset-backed security is difficult to predict with precision, and actual yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. Sometimes the credit support for asset-backed securities is limited to the underlying assets, but, in other cases, may be provided by a third party via a letter of credit or insurance guarantee.
For purposes of a fund’s concentration policy, the fund will determine the industry classification of asset-backed securities based upon the investment adviser’s evaluation of the risks associated with an investment in the underlying assets. For example, asset-backed securities whose underlying assets share similar economic characteristics because, for example, they are funded (or supported) primarily from a single or similar source or revenue stream will be classified in the same industry sector. In contrast, asset-backed securities whose underlying assets represent a diverse mix of industries, business sectors and/or revenue streams will be classified into distinct

7



Table of Contents

industries based on their underlying credit and liquidity structures. A fund will limit its investments in each identified industry to less than 25% of its total assets.
Bankers’ Acceptances or notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers’ acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.
Borrowing. A fund may borrow money from banks for any purpose in an amount up to 1/3 of the fund’s total assets. The funds also may borrow money for temporary purposes in an amount not to exceed 5% of the funds’ total assets. Provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the funds to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of a fund’s total assets made for temporary purposes. Any borrowings for temporary purposes in excess of 5% of a fund’s total assets must maintain continuous asset coverage. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, the funds may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time.
A fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. The fund’s borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of a fund’s shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
A fund may establish lines-of-credit (“lines”) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. A fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force a fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to a fund’s remaining shareholders. A fund will pay a fee to the bank for using the lines.
Certificates of Deposit or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.
Commercial Paper consists of short term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but

8



Table of Contents

sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.
Concentration means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry’s securities. Each fund will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, except that each fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its benchmark index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries.
Credit Default Swaps. A fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, a fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, a fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, a fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
A fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held it its portfolio, in which case a fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk — that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a fund in the event of a default.
Credit and Liquidity supports may be employed by issuers to reduce the credit risk of their securities. Credit supports include letters of credit, insurance, total return and credit swap agreements and guarantees provided by foreign and domestic entities. Liquidity supports include puts, and demand features. Most of these arrangements move the credit risk of an investment from the issuer of the security to the support provider. Changes in the credit quality of a support provider could cause losses to a fund, and affect its share price.
Debt Securities are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, in order to raise money. They are basically “IOUs,” but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (“principal”) until it is paid back upon maturity.
Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Also, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is especially true for bonds with sinking fund provisions, which commit the issuer to set aside a certain amount of

9



Table of Contents

money to cover timely repayment of principal and typically allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or at a pre-set call price.
Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.
Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (“bonds”) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt instruments also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- or/and high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.”
The market for these securities has historically been less liquid than investment grade securities.
Delayed-Delivery Transactions include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations. Typically, no interest will accrue to a fund until the security is delivered. A fund will earmark or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations. When a fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund does not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, a fund could suffer losses.
Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities. A fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that a fund is committed to advance additional funds, it will at all times segregate or “earmark” assets, determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.

10



Table of Contents

A fund may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. A fund currently intends to treat delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of a fund’s limitation on illiquid investments. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in Loan Participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see “Loan Participations.” Participation interests in revolving credit facilities will be subject to the limitations discussed in “Loan Participations.” Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a fund.
Demand Features, which may include guarantees, are used to shorten a security’s effective maturity and/or enhance its creditworthiness. If a demand feature provider were to refuse to permit the feature’s exercise or otherwise terminate its obligations with respect to such feature, however, the security’s effective maturity may be lengthened substantially, and/or its credit quality may be adversely impacted. In either event, a fund may experience an increase in share price volatility. This also could lengthen a fund’s overall average effective maturity.
Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject a fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.
Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or

11



Table of Contents

acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.
Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.
Derivative Instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend on (or “derive” from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These “other assets” are commonly referred to as “underlying assets.”
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets. Risk management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.
In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser may utilize these new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and permitted by a fund’s investment limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
Diversification involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company with limited redeemability. The funds are diversified exchange traded funds.

12



Table of Contents

Duration was developed as a more precise alternative to the concept of “maturity.” Traditionally, a debt obligation’s maturity has been used as a proxy for the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates (which is the “interest rate risk” or “volatility” of the security). However, maturity measures only the time until a debt obligation provides its final payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security’s payments prior to maturity. In contrast, duration incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon interest payments, final maturity, call and put features and prepayment exposure into one measure. Duration is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a given change in market interest rates. Duration management is one of the fundamental tools used by the investment adviser for debt portions of the portfolios.
Emerging or Developing Markets exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.
Equity Securities represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called “stocks.” Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.
Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, ADRs, EDRs, and interests in real estate investment trusts, (for more information on real estate investment trusts, “REITs”, see the section entitled “Real Estate Investment Trusts”).
Common stocks, which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation’s directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation’s shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer’s earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.
Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation’s assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay

13



Table of Contents

dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, a fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.
Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer’s common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company’s common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company’s common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable.
Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the convertible feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade (“high yield”) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.
Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and a fund’s ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer’s creditworthiness.
Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a convertible feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer’s common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company’s liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.
Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common

14



Table of Contents

stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer’s convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security’s income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because their conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.
Warrants are types of securities usually issued with bonds and preferred stock that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. If a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and a fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.
Initial Public Offering. A fund may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company’s initial public offering (“IPOs”), and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. A fund’s purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership’s operations and management.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata

15



Table of Contents

basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. A fund may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP’s general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.
General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the

16



Table of Contents

amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.
Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.
Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by an MLP’s parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP’s revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.
Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) such as the funds or Standard and Poor’s Depositary Receipts (“SPDRs”) Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) as open-end fund as is the funds’ case or unit investment trusts (“UITs”). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold through the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares’ net asset value. An “index-based ETF” seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Event-Linked Bonds. A fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in ‘‘event-linked bonds,’’ which are fixed income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific ‘‘trigger’’ event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as ‘‘catastrophe bonds.’’ If a trigger event occurs, a fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. Event-linked bonds often provide for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. Event-linked bonds may also expose a fund to certain unanticipated risks including credit risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk.

17



Table of Contents

Fixed Time Deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Foreign Currency Transactions. A fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. A fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.
A fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. A fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.
A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when a fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, a fund could sustain a loss.
A fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called “position hedging.” When engaging in position hedging, a fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that a fund expects to purchase).

18



Table of Contents

Buying and selling foreign currency exchange contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of a fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between a fund’s holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which a fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause a fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss.
Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for a fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.
Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of a fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and a fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:
Lock In. When the investment adviser desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, a fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of a fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.
Direct Hedge. If the investment adviser wants to a eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the investment adviser thinks that a fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, a fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but a fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.
Proxy Hedge. The investment adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, a fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

19



Table of Contents

Costs of Hedging. When a fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if a fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from a fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in a fund’s net asset value per share.
Tax Consequences of Hedging. Under applicable tax law, a fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although a fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by a fund and could affect whether dividends paid by a fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.
Foreign Securities involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which a fund may invest include foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although a fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement

20



Table of Contents

could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to a fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for a fund.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, a fund may hold cash in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause a fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a fund.
Forward Contracts are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the “long” position), and the seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts involve the purchase or sale of foreign currency at an established exchange rate, but with payment and delivery at a specified future time. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when a fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, a fund could sustain a loss.
Futures Contracts are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities Future Trading Commission (“CFTC”) licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Consistent with CFTC regulations, the trust has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

21



Table of Contents

A fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions in and out of it and to pay its expenses. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow a fund’s cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, a fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to “fix” the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as “initial margin” and must be in the form of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as “variation margin” may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” The margin amount will be returned to a fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.
While a fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (i.e. brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent a fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of their current portfolio securities. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when they effect anticipated purchases. Similarly, a fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and their portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. A fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that a fund has acquired or expects to acquire.
Futures contracts normally require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures

22



Table of Contents

position. If a fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, a fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to “cash settle,” however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or earmark assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
High Yield Securities, also called lower quality bonds (“junk bonds”), are frequently issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those of questionable credit strength, and are more speculative and volatile (though typically higher yielding) than investment grade bonds. Adverse economic developments could disrupt the market for high yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly-leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.
Also, the secondary market for high yield securities at times may not be as liquid as the secondary market for higher-quality debt securities. As a result, the investment adviser could find it difficult to sell these securities or experience difficulty in valuing certain high yield securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices at which a fund purchased them.
Thus, high yield securities are more likely to react to developments affecting interest rates and market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium- to lower-quality debt securities may decline in value more than higher-quality debt securities due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates. Prices for high yield securities also could be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market value for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities.
Hybrid Instruments are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate

23



Table of Contents

or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.
Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of a fund. A fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.
Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. A fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.
Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
Illiquid Securities generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of promptly and in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a fund has valued the instruments. The liquidity of a fund’s investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days and certain restricted securities.
Indexing Strategies involve tracking the securities represented in, and therefore the performance of, an index. Each fund normally will invest primarily in the securities of its index. Moreover, each of these funds invests so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. Each of

24



Table of Contents

these funds tries to generally match its holdings in a particular security to its weight in the index. Each fund will seek a correlation between its performance and that of its index of 0.95 or better. A perfect correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the funds incur operating and trading expenses unlike their indices. A fund may rebalance its holdings in order to track its index more closely. In the event its intended correlation is not achieved, the Board of Trustees will consider alternative arrangements for a fund.
Inflation-Indexed Bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the consumer price index (“cpi”) accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.
Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semiannual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi -annually), and inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid -year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi–annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole years’ inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. A fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.
The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.
While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

25



Table of Contents

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.
Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending. A fund may borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds/portfolios in the Schwab complex (“Schwab Funds®). All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board of Trustees of the Schwab Funds.
International Bonds are certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers, including Eurodollar Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers payable in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks located outside the United States, primarily Europe), Yankee Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the U.S. by foreign banks and corporations, and EuroBonds, which are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and usually issued by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts and securities purchased on foreign securities exchanges, may subject a fund to additional investment risks, such as adverse political and economic developments, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign investments, less stringent disclosure requirements, non-U.S. withholding taxes and the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions.
Additional risks include less publicly available information, the risk that companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements of U.S. companies, the risk that foreign securities markets may have less volume and therefore may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S. securities, and the risk that custodian and transaction costs may be higher. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting requirements and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Loan Interests, and other direct debt instruments or interests therein, may be acquired by a fund. A loan interest is typically originated, negotiated, and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution (“Agent”) for a lending

26



Table of Contents

syndicate of financial institutions. The Agent typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the other lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent (“Collateral Bank”), holds collateral (if any) on behalf of the lenders. When a Collateral Bank holds collateral, such collateral typically consists of one or more of the following asset types: inventory, accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment, intangibles, common stock of subsidiaries or other investments. These loan interests may take the form of participation interests in, assignments of or novations of a loan during its second distribution, or direct interests during a primary distribution. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign banks, insurance companies, finance companies, or other financial institutions who have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. A fund may also acquire loan interests under which a fund derives its rights directly from the borrower. Such loan interests are separately enforceable by a fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are typically made directly to a fund from the borrower. In the event that a fund and other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared collateral, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the custody of the Collateral Bank for their mutual benefit. A fund may not act as an Agent, a Collateral Bank, a guarantor or sole negotiator or structurer with respect to a loan.
The investment adviser will analyze and evaluate the financial condition of the borrower in connection with the acquisition of any Loan Interest. Credit ratings are typically assigned to Loan Interests in the same manner as with other fixed income debt securities, and the investment adviser analyzes and evaluates these ratings, if any, in deciding whether to purchase a Loan Interest. The investment adviser also analyzes and evaluates the financial condition of the Agent and, in the case of Loan Interests in which a fund does not have privity with the borrower, those institutions from or through whom a fund derives its rights in a loan (“Intermediate Participants”).
In a typical loan, the Agent administers the terms of the loan agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all the institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. A fund will generally rely upon the Agent or Intermediate Participant to receive and forward to a fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement a fund has direct recourse against the borrower, a fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the loan agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Loan Interest usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Loan Interests of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a loan agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Loan Interests for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, a fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf,

27



Table of Contents

although a Collateral Bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of a fund and the other holders pursuant to the applicable loan agreement.
A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor agent generally would be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of Loan Interests. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, a fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan Interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving Intermediate Participants, similar risks may arise.
Purchasers of Loan Interests depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and interest. If a fund does not receive a scheduled interest or principal payment on such indebtedness, a fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer a fund more protections than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Direct indebtedness of developing countries also will involve a risk that the governmental entities responsible for the repayment of the debt may be unable, or unwilling, to pay interest and repay principal when due.
The Loan Interests market is in a developing phase with increased participation among several investor types. The dealer community has become increasingly involved in this secondary market. If, however, a particular Loan Interest is deemed to be illiquid, it would be valued using procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. In such a situation, there is no guarantee that a fund will be able to sell such Loan Interests, which could lead to a decline in the value of the Loan Interests and the value of a fund’s shares.
Loan Participations and Assignments. A fund may purchase participations in commercial loans. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participation in a loan to a corporate borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. A fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, a fund assumes the credit risk associated with the corporate borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which a fund intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.
A loan is often administered by an agent bank acting as agent for all holders. The agent bank administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent bank is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the corporate borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are

28



Table of Contents

parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, a fund has direct recourse against the corporate borrower, a fund may have to rely on the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a corporate borrower.
A financial institution’s employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, a fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.
Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. If a fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, a fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer a fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.
A fund may invest in loan participations with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, a fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.
A fund limits the amount of its total assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry. For purposes of these limits, a fund generally will treat the corporate borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by a fund. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between a fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to a fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower, SEC interpretations require a fund to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as “issuers” for the purposes of determining whether a fund has invested more than 5% of its assets in a single issuer. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.
Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the investment adviser believes to be a fair price. In addition,

29



Table of Contents

valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining a fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in a fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these instruments is expected to improve. In addition, a fund currently intends to treat indebtedness for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of a fund’s limitation on illiquid investments. Investments in loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a fund.
Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to a fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, a fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, a fund relies on the investment adviser’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect a fund.
Maturity of Investments will generally be determined using the portfolio fixed income securities’ final maturity dates. However for certain securities, maturity will be determined using the security’s effective maturity date. The effective maturity date for a security subject to a put or demand feature is the demand date, unless the security is a variable- or floating-rate security. If it is a variable-rate security, its effective maturity date is the earlier of its demand date or next interest rate change date. For variable-rate securities not subject to a put or demand feature and floating-rate securities, the effective maturity date is the next interest rate change date. The effective maturity of mortgage-backed and certain other asset-backed securities is determined on an “expected life” basis by the investment adviser. For an interest rate swap agreement, its effective maturity would be equal to the difference in the effective maturity of the interest rates “swapped.” Securities being hedged with futures contracts may be deemed to have a longer maturity, in the case of purchases of future contracts, and a shorter maturity, in the case of sales of futures contracts, than they would otherwise be deemed to have. In addition, a security that is subject to redemption at the option of the issuer on a particular date (“call date”), which is prior to, or in lieu of, the security’s stated maturity, may be deemed to mature on the call date rather than on its stated maturity date. The call date of a security will be used to calculate average portfolio maturity when the investment adviser reasonably anticipates, based upon information available to it, that the issuer will exercise its right to redeem the security. The average portfolio maturity of a fund is dollar-weighted based upon the market value of the fund’s securities at the time of the calculation. A fund may invest in securities with final or effective maturities of any length.
Money Market Securities are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in

30



Table of Contents

a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Banker’s acceptances are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately, sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.
A fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may invest in money market securities. A fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.
Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”) and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”) may be purchased by a fund. MBS represent participations in mortgage loans, and include pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. MBS may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae) and Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate and residential property. MBS issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other MBS that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of credit enhancement.
MBS are subject to interest rate risk, like other debt securities, in addition to prepayment and extension risk. Prepayments occur when the holder of an individual mortgage prepays the remaining principal before the mortgage’s scheduled maturity date. As a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying securities, mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid prepayment of principal than their stated maturity indicates. Because the prepayment characteristics of the underlying mortgages vary, it is not possible to predict accurately the realized yield or average life of a particular issue of mortgage-backed securities. Prepayment rates are important because of their effect on the yield and price of the securities. Accelerated prepayments adversely impact yields for mortgage-backed securities purchased at a premium (i.e., a price in excess of principal amount) and may involve additional risk of loss of principal because the premium may not be fully amortized at the time the obligation is repaid.

31



Table of Contents

The opposite is true for mortgage-backed securities purchased at a discount. The funds may purchase mortgage-related securities at a premium or at a discount. When interest rates rise, extension risk increases and may affect the value of a fund. Principal and interest payments on the mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by the government, however, such guarantees do not extend to the value or yield of the mortgage-related securities themselves or of a fund’s shares.
ABS have structural characteristics similar to MBS. ABS represent direct or indirect participation in assets such as automobile loans, credit card receivables, trade receivables, home equity loans (which sometimes are categorized as MBS) or other financial assets. Therefore, repayment depends largely on the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities. The credit quality of most ABS depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on ABS may be supported by credit enhancements including letters of credit, an insurance guarantee, reserve funds and overcollateralization. In the case of privately-issued mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, the funds take the position that such instruments do not represent interests in any particular industry or group of industries.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. Many of the risks of investing in commercial MBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial MBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Collateralized Debt Obligations. A fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which includes collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual

32



Table of Contents

defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and a fund’s prospectuses (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (“CMO”) is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and their income streams.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (“issuer”) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
The rate of principal payment on MBS and ABS generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the price and yield on any MBS or ABS is difficult to

33



Table of Contents

predict with precision and price and yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. If a fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by a fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.
While many MBS and ABS are issued with only one class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple class MBS and ABS are issued as a method of providing credit support, typically through creation of one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. In addition, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include stripped securities, which are MBS and ABS entitling the holder to disproportionate interest or principal compared with the assets backing the security, and securities with classes having characteristics different from the assets backing the securities, such as a security with floating interest rates with assets backing the securities having fixed interest rates. The market value of such securities and CMO’s generally is more or less sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with traditional MBS and ABS, and in some cases such market value may be extremely volatile.
CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.”
In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to

34



Table of Contents

stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.
CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (SMBS). SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.
Under certain circumstances these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Municipal Leases are obligations issued to finance the construction or acquisition of equipment or facilities. These obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase contract, a conditional sales contract or a participation interest in any of these obligations. Municipal leases may be considered illiquid investments. Additionally, municipal leases are subject to “nonappropriation risk,” which is the risk that the municipality may terminate the lease because funds have not been allocated to make the necessary lease payments. The lessor would then be entitled to repossess the property, but the value of the property may be less to private sector entities than it would be to the municipality.

35



Table of Contents

Municipal Securities are debt securities issued by a state, its counties, municipalities, authorities and other subdivisions, or the territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia, including their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities and corporations. These securities may be issued to obtain money for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, public utilities, schools, streets, and water and sewer works. Other public purposes include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and obtaining funds to loan to other public institutions and facilities.
Municipal securities also may be issued to finance various private activities, including certain types of private activity bonds (“industrial development bonds” under prior law). These securities may be issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide certain privately owned or operated facilities.
Municipal securities may be owned directly or through participation interests, and include general obligation or revenue securities, tax-exempt commercial paper, notes and leases.
Municipal securities generally are classified as “general obligation” or “revenue” and may be purchased directly or through participation interests. General obligation securities typically are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities typically are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special tax or other specific revenue source. Private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are, in most cases, revenue bonds and generally do not constitute the pledge of the credit of the issuer of such bonds. The credit quality of private activity bonds is frequently related to the credit standing of private corporations or other entities.
Examples of municipal securities that are issued with original maturities of 397 days or less are short term tax anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, pre-refunded municipal bonds and tax-free commercial paper. Tax anticipation notes typically are sold to finance working capital needs of municipalities in anticipation of the receipt of property taxes on a future date. Bond anticipation notes are sold on an interim basis in anticipation of a municipality’s issuance of a longer-term bond in the future. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of the receipt of other types of revenue, such as that available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program.
Construction loan notes are instruments insured by the Federal Housing Administration with permanent financing by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae at the end of the project construction period. Pre-refunded municipal bonds are bonds that are not yet refundable, but for which securities have been placed in escrow to refund an original municipal bond issue when it becomes refundable. Tax-free commercial paper is an unsecured promissory obligation issued or guaranteed by a municipal issuer. A fund may purchase other municipal securities similar to the foregoing that are or may become available, including securities issued to pre-refund other outstanding obligations of municipal issuers.

36



Table of Contents

A fund also may invest in moral obligation securities, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of a moral obligation security is unable to meet its obligation from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund. The state or municipality that created the entity has only a moral commitment, not a legal obligation, to restore the reserve fund.
The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties with respect to the rights of holders of municipal securities in the event of bankruptcy or the taxation of municipal securities as a result of legislation or litigation. For example, under federal law, certain issuers of municipal securities may be authorized in certain circumstances to initiate bankruptcy proceedings without prior notice to or the consent of creditors. Such action could result in material adverse changes in the rights of holders of the securities. In addition, litigation challenging the validity under the state constitutions of present systems of financing public education has been initiated or adjudicated in a number of states, and legislation has been introduced to effect changes in public school finances in some states. In other instances, there has been litigation challenging the issuance of pollution control revenue bonds or the validity of their issuance under state or federal law, which ultimately could affect the validity of those municipal securities or the tax-free nature of the interest thereon.
Municipal securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest, which may be exempt from federal income tax and, typically, personal income tax of a state or locality. Some municipal securities are taxable. These securities are issued by state and local governments and instrumentalities thereof that pay interest that is not exempt from federal income tax. States and municipalities issue taxable instruments for various reasons, relating in some cases to the nature of the project being financed and to various specific ceilings on debt issuance in others. The rate of interest payable on such instruments typically reflects its taxable nature.
Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements. A fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, a fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Options Contracts generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.

37



Table of Contents

A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer’s losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset in part by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by a fund will be covered, which means that a fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.
A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options a fund writes will be covered, which means that a fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for a fund. However, in return for the option premium, a fund accepts the risk that they may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.
A fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which they may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which they may invest. In addition, a fund may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. A fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” A fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options they have purchased or wrote.
An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

38



Table of Contents

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.
Additional risks are involved with options trading because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that may be involved in options trading. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.
A fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of a fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.
Promissory Notes are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Puts are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon a fund’s attempt to exercise the put, a fund may have to treat the security’s final maturity as its effective maturity. If that occurs, the security’s price may be negatively impacted, and its sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share price volatility for a fund. This also could lengthen a fund’s overall average effective maturity. Standby commitments are types of puts.

39



Table of Contents

Quality of Fixed Income Investments will be principally investment-grade for a fund’s assets. Investment-grade quality securities are rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories (within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing) or have been determined to be of equivalent quality by the investment adviser. Sometimes an investment-grade quality security may be downgraded to a below investment-grade quality rating. If a security no longer has at least one investment-quality rating from an NRSRO, the investment adviser would reanalyze the security in light of the downgrade and determine whether a fund should continue to hold the security. However, such downgrade would not require the investment adviser to sell the security on behalf of a fund. Sometimes lower-quality securities may be downgraded to an even lower quality. The investment adviser may also elect to purchase high-yield securities that are rated (at the time of purchase) B or higher or the equivalent by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, Inc. or are determined to be of similar investment quality by the investment manager.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 95% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.
Like any investment in real estate, a REIT’s performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants’ failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT’s performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties.
In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can

40



Table of Contents

reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than—and at times will perform differently from—large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT’s expenses in addition to their proportionate share of a fund’s expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.
Repurchase Agreements are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer’s holding period. Any repurchase agreements a fund enters into will involve a fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short — from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause a fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. A fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement’s seller, a fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. A fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.
Restricted Securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Restricted securities may be considered to be liquid if an institutional or other market exists for these securities. In making this determination, a fund, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees will take into account various factors, including: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). To the extent a fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, its general level of illiquidity may be increased if qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these securities.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls may be used by a fund. A fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If a fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities,

41



Table of Contents

this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose a fund to a greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value on a fund’s portfolio’s securities. Because a fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, a fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.
A fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which a fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during the roll period, a fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time a fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by a fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by a fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since a fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to a fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that a fund’s use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.
Securities Lending of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, a fund may receive cash collateral, and it may invest it in short term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to the loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities.
A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) a fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) a fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of a fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).

42



Table of Contents

Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security’s voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer’s corporate governance policies or structure.
Securities of Other Investment Companies. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis; (2) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange; and (3) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares. Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are traded on exchanges.
Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance. These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.
The funds may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. A fund may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause a fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the funds an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds a fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds,

43



Table of Contents

including unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying fund.
Under the terms of the exemptive order, each fund and its affiliates may not control a non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment is made.
Short Sales may be used by a fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. A fund may engage in short sales that are either “against the box” or “uncovered.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. “Uncovered” short sales are transactions under which a fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, a fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, a fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. A fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, a fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until a fund replaces the borrowed securities.
A fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If a fund sells securities short “against the box,” it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
A fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, a fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.

44



Table of Contents

Sinking Funds may be established by bond issuers to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of bondholders’ principal raised through a bond issuance. By creating a sinking fund, the issuer is able to spread repayment of principal to numerous bondholders while reducing reliance on its then current cash flows. A sinking fund also may allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or repurchase certain of its bonds at a call price named in a bond’s sinking fund provision. This call provision will allow bonds to be prepaid or called prior to a bond’s maturity. The likelihood of this occurring is substantial during periods of falling interest rates.
Small-Cap Stocks include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small company stocks pay low or no dividends.
These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small company’s stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and a fund’s positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of a fund’s investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.
Spread Transactions may be used for hedging or managing risk. A fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a fund the right to put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relation to another security that the fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a fund in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.

45



Table of Contents

Stock Substitution Strategy is a strategy, whereby each fund may, in certain circumstances, substitute a similar stock for a security in its index.
Stripped Securities are securities whose income and principal components are detached and sold separately. While risks associated with stripped securities are similar to other fixed income securities, stripped securities are typically subject to greater changes in value. U.S. Treasury securities that have been stripped by the Federal Reserve Bank are obligations of the U.S. Treasury.
Structured Notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of the structured and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and therefore, may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the reference may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the reference; therefore, the value of such security may be very volatile. Structured and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the reference. Structured or indexed securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities or more traditional debt securities.
Swap Agreements are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products in which two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities (referred to as the “underlying”) and a predetermined amount (referred to as the “notional amount”). The underlying for a swap may be an interest rate (fixed or floating), a currency exchange rate, a commodity price index, a security, group of securities or a securities index, a combination of any of these, or various other rates, assets or indices. Swap agreements generally do not involve the delivery of the underlying or principal, and a party’s obligations generally are equal to only the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the swap agreement.
Swap agreements can be structured to increase or decrease a fund’s exposure to long or short term interest rates, corporate borrowing rates and other conditions, such as changing security prices and inflation rates. They also can be structured to increase or decrease a fund’s exposure to specific issuers or specific sectors of the bond market such as mortgage securities. For example, if a fund agreed to pay a longer-term fixed rate in exchange for a shorter-term floating rate while holding longer-term fixed rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease the fund’s exposure to longer-term interest rates. Swap agreements tend to increase or decrease the overall volatility of a fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Changes in interest rates, or other factors determining the amount of payments due to and from a fund, can be the most significant factors in the performance of a swap agreement. If a swap agreement calls for payments from a fund, the fund must be prepared to make such payments when they are due. In order to help

46



Table of Contents

minimize risks, a fund will earmark or segregate appropriate assets for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed under the terms of a swap agreement entered into on a net basis. All other swap agreements will require a fund to earmark or segregate assets in the amount of the accrued amounts owed under the swap. A fund could sustain losses if a counterparty does not perform as agreed under the terms of the swap. A fund will enter into swap agreements with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the investment adviser.
In addition, a fund may invest in swaptions, which are privately-negotiated option-based derivative products. Swaptions give the holder the right to enter into a swap. A fund may use a swaption in addition to or in lieu of a swap involving a similar rate or index.
For purposes of applying a fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the prospectus and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the fund at market value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by a fund (i.e., where a fund is selling credit default protection), however, the fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by a fund for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.
U.S. Government Securities are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA or Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Others are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Of course U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under this agreement, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This is intended to ensure that the instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. Additionally, the U.S. Treasury has implemented a temporary program to purchase new mortgage-backed securities issued by the instrumentalities. This is intended to create more affordable mortgage rates for homeowners, enhance the liquidity of the mortgage market and potentially maintain or increase the value of existing mortgage-backed securities. The program expires in December 2009. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.

47



Table of Contents

Variable- and Floating-Rate Debt Securities pay an interest rate, which is adjusted either periodically or at specific intervals or which floats continuously according to a formula or benchmark. Although these structures generally are intended to minimize the fluctuations in value that occur when interest rates rise and fall, some structures may be linked to a benchmark in such a way as to cause greater volatility to the security’s value.
Some variable-rate securities may be combined with a put or demand feature (variable-rate demand securities) that entitles the holder to the right to demand repayment in full or to resell at a specific price and/or time. While the demand feature is intended to reduce credit risks, it is not always unconditional, and may make the securities more difficult to sell quickly without losses. There are risks involved with these securities because there may be no active secondary market for a particular variable-rate demand security purchased by a fund. In addition, a fund may exercise its demand rights only at certain times. A fund could also suffer losses in the event that the issuer defaults on its obligation.
Wrap Agreements may be entered into by a fund with insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions (“wrapper providers”). A wrap agreement typically obligates the wrapper provider to maintain the value of the assets covered under the agreement (“covered assets”) up to a specified maximum dollar amount upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The value is pre-determined using the purchase price of the securities plus interest at a specified rate minus an adjustment for any defaulted securities. The specified interest rate may be adjusted periodically under the terms of the agreement. While the rate typically will reflect movements in the market rates of interest, it may at times be less or more than the actual rate of income earned on the covered assets. The rate also can be impacted by defaulted securities and by purchase and redemption levels in a fund. A fund also pays a fee under the agreement, which reduces the rate as well.
Wrap agreements may be used as a risk management technique intended to help minimize fluctuations in a fund’s NAV. However, a fund’s NAV will typically fluctuate at least minimally, and may fluctuate more at times when interest rates are fluctuating. Additionally, wrap agreements do not protect against losses a fund may incur if the issuers of portfolio securities do not make timely payments of interest and/or principal. A wrap agreement provider also could default on its obligations under the agreement. Therefore, a fund will only invest in a wrap provider with an investment-grade credit rating. There is no active trading market for wrap agreements and none is expected to develop. Therefore, wrap agreements are considered illiquid investments. There is no guarantee that a fund will be able to purchase any wrap agreements or replace ones that defaulted. Wrap agreements are valued using procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. There are risks that the value of a wrap agreement may not be sufficient to minimize the fluctuations in a fund’s NAV. All of these factors might result in a decline in the value of a fund’s shares.
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-In-Kind Securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities

48



Table of Contents

can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accruing that year. In order to continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under the Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.
Investment Limitations
The investment limitations below may be changed only by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable fund. Under the 1940 Act, a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of a fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the fund or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a shareholders meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy.
EACH FUND MAY NOT:
1)   Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
2)   Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time, except that each fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its benchmark index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries.
3)   Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate, lend or borrow money, issue senior securities, underwrite securities issued by others, or pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by (or not prohibited by) the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS OF THE 1940 ACT MAY ASSIST INVESTORS IN UNDERSTANDING THE ABOVE POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.
BORROWING. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a “senior security” within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a fund’s investment restriction.

49



Table of Contents

CONCENTRATION. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions such as with respect to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies and instrumentalities, or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions.
DIVERSIFICATION. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by a fund.
LENDING. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.
REAL ESTATE. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have the fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Each fund has adopted the fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of a fund’s Board of Trustees.
SENIOR SECURITIES. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are “covered” or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.
UNDERWRITING. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.
THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.
EACH FUND MAY NOT:
1)   Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

50



Table of Contents

2)   Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).
3)   Purchase securities on margin, except such short term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.
4)   Borrow money except that a fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).
5)   Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).
6)   Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that each fund may purchase securities to the extent that the index the fund is designed to track is also so concentrated).
7)   Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that a fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (ii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein; and (iii) purchase, sell and enter into futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), options on futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), warrants, swaps, forward contracts, foreign currency spot and forward contracts or other derivative instruments.
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its limitation, a fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.

51



Table of Contents


CONTINUOUS OFFERING
The funds offer and issue shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (“Creation Units”). The method by which Creation Units are created and trade may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the funds on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933 the “Securities Act”, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the fund’s distributor, breaks them down into constituent shares, and sells such shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to categorization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the fund are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with the sale on an exchange is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
The funds are overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of the fund. The trustees did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.
Certain trustees are “interested persons.” A trustee is considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”) or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“Schwab”). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of the fund’s investment adviser and distributor.

52



Table of Contents

As used herein the term “Family of Investment Companies” collectively refers to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Strategic Trust which, as of                     , 2009, included                      funds.
The tables below provide information about the trustees and officers for the trusts, which includes the funds, in this SAI. The “Fund Complex” includes The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Laudus Trust, and Laudus Institutional Trust. As of                     , 2009, the Fund Complex included                      funds. The address of each individual listed below is 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104.
             
NAME, YEAR OF            
BIRTH, AND            
POSITION(S) WITH       NUMBER OF    
THE TRUST;       PORTFOLIOS IN    
(TERM OF OFFICE   PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS   FUND COMPLEX    
AND LENGTH OF   DURING THE PAST FIVE   OVERSEEN BY    
TIME SERVED)   YEARS   THE TRUSTEE   OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
             
Trustee Committees
The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below [to be provided by amendment].
Trustee Compensation
The following table provides estimated trustee compensation for the fiscal year ending                     . Certain information provided relates to the Fund Complex, which included                      funds as of                     .
             
    ($)        
    Estimated        
    Aggregate   Pension or Retirement Benefits   ($)
    Compensation   Accrued as Part of Fund   Estimated Total Compensation
Name of Trustee   from the Fund   Expenses   from Fund Complex
             

53



Table of Contents

Securities Beneficially Owned By Each Trustee
The following tables provide each trustee’s equity ownership of the fund and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of                     . As of                     , the Family of Investment Companies included [                    ] funds. As the funds are new, none of the trustees beneficially own shares of the funds as of                     , 2009.
                                                         
                                                    Aggregate Dollar  
                                                    Range of Trustee  
                                                    Ownership in the  
    Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership     Family of Investment  
Name of Trustee   of Equity Securities in the fund     Companies  
                            Schwab                      
    Schwab             Schwab     U.S.                      
    U.S.     Schwab     U.S. Large-     Large-                      
    Broad     U.S.     Cap     Cap     Schwab     Schwab U.S.          
    Market     Large-     Growth     Value     U.S. Mid-     Small-Cap          
    ETF     Cap ETF     ETF     ETF     Cap ETF     ETF          
Interested Trustees
                                                       
 
                                                       
Independent Trustees
                                                       
                                 
                            Aggregate Dollar Range of  
                            Trustee Ownership in the  
    Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership     Family of Investment  
Name of Trustee   of Equity Securities in the fund     Companies  
            Schwab     Schwab          
    Schwab     International     Emerging          
    International     Small-Cap     Markets Equity          
    Equity ETF     Equity ETF     ETF          
Interested Trustees
                               
 
                               
Independent Trustees
                               

54



Table of Contents

                                 
                            Aggregate Dollar Range of  
                            Trustee Ownership in the  
    Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership     Family of Investment  
Name of Trustee   of Equity Securities in the fund     Companies  
            Schwab     Schwab          
    Schwab     International     Emerging          
    International     Small-Cap     Markets Equity          
    Equity ETF     Equity ETF     ETF          
Code of Ethics
The funds, the investment adviser and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics (each, a Code) as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the fund or the investment adviser or the directors or officers of the Distributor to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES [UPDATE]
As of                                         , 2009, the officers and trustees of the trusts, as a group owned, of record or beneficially, less than 1 % of the outstanding voting securities of the funds.
As of                                         , 2009, no persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any fund.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Adviser
CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco CA 94104, serves as the fund’s investment adviser pursuant to Investment Advisory Agreements (Advisory Agreement) between it and the trust. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, and Director of The Charles Schwab Corporation. As a result of his ownership of and interests in The Charles Schwab Corporation, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of the investment adviser.
Advisory Agreement
The fund’s Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved initially for a 2 year term, and after the expiration of the 2 year term, at least annually (1) thereafter, by the vote of the trustees

55



Table of Contents

or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” of any party (the “Independent Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each year, the Board of Trustees will call and hold a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the trust and CSIM with respect to any existing funds in the trust. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by the fund’ investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the Independent Trustees receive advice from counsel to the Independent Trustees.
As described below, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a fee from the funds, payable monthly, for its advisory and administrative services to the funds. The funds are new and have not yet paid any fees to the adviser. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from the funds expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets.
         
FUND
       
Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
                         %
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
                         %
Schwab International Equity ETF
                         %
Schwab International Small Cap Equity ETF
                         %
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
                         %
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for substantially all expenses of the funds, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services, but excluding interest expense and taxes, brokerage expenses, future distribution fees or expenses (i.e., 12b-1 fees) and extraordinary expenses.
Distributor
[INSERT NAME] (the “Distributor”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of shares of the funds. Its principal address is [INSERT ADDRESS]. The Distributor has entered into agreement with the Trust pursuant to which it distributes shares of the funds (the “Distribution Agreement”). The Distributor continually distributes shares of the funds on a best effort basis. The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of fund shares. The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is renewable annually. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the funds through the Distributor only in Creation Units, as described in the Prospectus. Shares in less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA. The Distributor is not affiliated with the trust, CSIM, or any stock exchange.
The Distribution Agreement for the funds will provide that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other

56



Table of Contents

party (i) by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or (ii) by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the funds. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICES PLAN
The funds have adopted a Distribution and Services Plan applicable to the shares. Under the Distribution and Services Plan, the Distributor, or other firms that provide distribution services, may receive up to 0.25% of a fund’s assets attributable to shares as compensation for distribution services pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act. Distribution services may include: (i) services in connection with distribution assistance, or (ii) payments to financial institutions and other financial intermediaries, such as broker-dealers, mutual fund “supermarkets” and the Distributor’s affiliates and subsidiaries, as compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance. The Distributor may, at its discretion, retain a portion of such payments to compensate itself for distribution services and distribution related expenses such as the costs of preparation, printing, mailing or otherwise disseminating sales literature, advertising, and prospectuses (other than those furnished to current shareholders of the funds), promotional and incentive programs, and such other marketing expenses that the Distributor may incur.
The Board has determined that no such fees will be charged prior to                     , 2010 (12 months from the commencement of the funds’ operations). Because these fees would be paid out of each fund’s assets on an on-going basis, if payments are made in the future, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Transfer Agent
[INSERT NAME, INSERT ADDRESS], serves as the funds’ transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption and transfer of the funds’ shares.
Custodian and Fund Accountants
                                                             serves as custodian for the funds.                                          serves as fund accountant for the funds.
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the funds. The funds’ accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds’ transactions.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The fund’s independent registered public accounting firm,                     , audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the fund and reviews certain regulatory reports and the funds’ federal income tax return. They also perform other professional, accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when the trust engages them to do so. Their address is

57



Table of Contents

                                        . When available, the funds’ audited financial statements from the funds’ annual report for the fiscal year ended                      will be incorporated by reference into this SAI.
Legal Counsel
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP serves as counsel to the trust.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts. Each portfolio manager (collectively referred to as the “Portfolio Managers”) is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of                     , 2009.
                                                 
    Registered Investment        
    Companies        
    (this amount does not include        
    the funds in this Statement of   Other Pooled    
  Additional Information)   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number of           Number of   Total   Number of    
Name   Accounts   Total Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Total Assets
Jeffrey Mortimer
              $                                                                       
Larry Mano
              $                                                                       
Ron Toll
              $                                                                       
Conflicts of Interest. A Portfolio Manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of the funds’ investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the “Other Managed Accounts”). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as the funds, track the same index the funds track or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by the funds. While the Portfolio Managers’ management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.
Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers’ day-to-day management of the funds. Because of their positions with the funds, the Portfolio Managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the Portfolio Managers could use this information to the advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of the funds. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to an index fund, which seeks to track its benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both

58



Table of Contents

accounts, the Portfolio Managers may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts, with those of the funds. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM’s aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a Portfolio Manager will not aggregate orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account’s order.
Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers’ management of the funds and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over the funds, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the Portfolio Managers receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed Accounts than the funds. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM’s policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account’s investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the Portfolio Managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for the fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account that they are otherwise buying for the fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for the fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.
Compensation. Charles Schwab & Co., compensates each CSIM Portfolio Manager for his or her management of the funds. Each Portfolio Manager’s compensation consists of a fixed annual (“base”) salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual Portfolio Manager’s overall performance such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the firm’s overall investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contributions to the firm’s asset growth and business relationships. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Portfolio Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is designed to reward consistent and superior investment performance relative to established benchmarks and/or industry peer groups. The Plan is an annual incentive plan that provides quarterly advances on the corporate component of the plan at a rate determined by Executive Management. Meanwhile, the portion of the incentive tied to fund performance is paid in its entirety following the end of the plan year (i.e. the plan does not provide advances on the portion of the plan tied to fund performance) at management’s discretion based on their determination of whether funds are available under the Plan as well as factors such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the firm’s overall investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contribution to the firm’s asset growth and business relationships.
The Plan consists of two independent funding components: 75% of the funding is based on fund investment performance and 25% of the funding is based on Schwab’s corporate performance. Funding from these two components is pooled into two separate incentive pools (one for Fixed

59



Table of Contents

Income portfolio managers and the second for Equity portfolio managers) and then allocated to the plan participants by CSIM senior management. This allocation takes into account fund performance as well as the portfolio manager’s leadership, teamwork, and contribution to CSIM goals and objectives.
  Fund Investment Performance
Funding into this Plan component is determined by fund performance relative to a Lipper Category or an established industry peer group. Peer groups are determined by the CSIM Peer Group Committee and are reviewed on a regular basis.
  o   For all funds except index and money market funds: The fund’s investment performance ranking relative to its peer group or respective Lipper Category (“fund ranking”) is determined based on its 1-year and 3-year pre-tax return before expenses. In determining the fund ranking, 75% of the weighting is based on the 3-year pre-tax performance and 25% is based on the 1-year pre-tax performance. The 1-year and 3-year performance numbers are calculated based on a calendar year.
 
  o   For money market and index funds: A money market fund’s investment performance ranking (“fund ranking”) is determined by its gross yield (i.e., yield before expenses) relative to its iMoney Net category on a calendar year-to-date basis. An index fund’s investment performance ranking (“fund ranking”) is determined by the fund’s tracking error (deviation from the benchmark) relative to its peer group on a calendar year-to-date basis.
A composite rating for each Portfolio Manager is then determined, based on a weighted average of all of their individual fund’ rankings. The specific weight given to the fund in that calculation is determined by CSIM’s senior management.
  Schwab Corporate Performance
Funding into this Plan component is determined by Schwab corporate performance which is based on two financial performance measures: (1) year-to-date net revenue growth; and (2) Schwab’s profit margin. The actual amount of funding into the Plan is discretionary and is determined by Schwab’s senior management following the end of each quarter.
The Portfolio Managers’ compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in the fund’s portfolio.
Ownership of Fund Shares. Because the funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no information regarding the Portfolio Managers’ “beneficial ownership” of shares of the funds has been included. This information will appear in a future version of the SAI.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES
Portfolio Turnover

60



Table of Contents

For reporting purposes, a fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less (“short-term securities”) are excluded.
A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from short-term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.
Typically, funds with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions.
The Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab International Equity ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.
The Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF’s portfolio turnover rate is expected to be approximately                     %. In the future, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate will be disclosed in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.

61



Table of Contents

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The funds’ Board of Trustees has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of funds’ portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of funds’ shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds’ investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the fund, its investment adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the president of the funds to authorize the release of the funds’ portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of each fund’s policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities who may receive portfolio holdings information not available to other current or prospective fund shareholders in connection with the dissemination of information necessary for transactions in Creation Units, as contemplated by the exemptive relief and as discussed below.
Each fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings with the SEC within 60-80 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and will provide that information to shareholders as required by federal securities laws and regulations thereunder. A fund may, however, voluntarily disclose all or part of its portfolio holdings other than in connection with the creation/redemption process, as discussed above, in advance of required filings with the SEC, provided that such information is made generally available to all shareholders and other interested parties in a manner that is consistent with the above policy for disclosure of portfolio holdings information. Such information may be made available through a publicly-available website or other means that make the information available to all likely interested parties contemporaneously.
The funds may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and more frequently than the public disclosure of such information (“early disclosure”). The president of the funds may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the president of the funds determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the funds and that there are no conflicts of interest between the funds’ shareholders and funds’ adviser and distributor; and (b) the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the confidentiality of the information.
In addition, the funds’ service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information venders, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive early disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. Service providers will be subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect

62



Table of Contents

to any portfolio holdings information whether imposed by the provisions of the service provider’s contract with the trust or by the nature of its relationship with the trust.
Further, each business day, each fund’s portfolio holdings information is provided to the Distributor or other agent for dissemination through the facilities of the NSCC and/or other fee-based subscription services to NSCC members and/or subscribers to those other fee-based subscription services, including Authorized Participants, and to entities that publish and/or analyze such information in connection with the process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units or trading shares of funds in the secondary market. This information typically reflects each fund’s anticipated holdings on the following business day.
In addition, each fund discloses its portfolio holdings and the percentages they represent of the fund’s net assets at least monthly, and as often as each day the fund is open for business, at www.Schwab.com/Schwabfund.
Portfolio holdings information made available in connection with the creation/redemption process may be provided to other entities that provide services to the funds in the ordinary course of business after it has been disseminated to the NSCC. From time to time, information concerning portfolio holdings other than portfolio holdings information made available in connection with the creation/redemption process, as discussed above, may be provided to other entities that provide services to the funds, including rating or ranking organizations, in the ordinary course of business, no earlier than one business day following the date of the information.
The funds’ policies and procedures prohibit the fund, the funds’ investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
The funds may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about the characteristics of the funds in connection with or relating to the funds or its portfolio securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund (which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most cases commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making a decision concerning the funds. Commentary and analysis includes, but is not limited to, the allocation of the funds’ portfolio securities and other investments among various asset classes, sectors, industries, and countries, the characteristics of the stock components and other investments of the funds, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry and country, and the volatility characteristics of the funds.
Portfolio Transactions

63



Table of Contents

The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer’s underwriter, or a dealer. The funds do not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the fund pays to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which the fund may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the fund will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.
The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds’ portfolio transactions. The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to “market-on-close” pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser believe that VWAP execution is in the fund’s best interest. In addition, the investment adviser have incentive sharing arrangements with certain unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.
The investment adviser may cause the funds to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: economic, industry, or company research reports or investment recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation equipment and services; research or analytical computer software and services;

64



Table of Contents

products or services that assist in effecting transactions, including services of third-party computer systems developers directly related to research and brokerage activities; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). The investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all fund accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.
The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with fund commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser believe that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.
The investment adviser may purchase for funds, new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable the funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow the funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.
The investment adviser may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.
In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows procedures, adopted by the funds’ Board of Trustees, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.

65



Table of Contents


PROXY VOTING
The Board of Trustees of the trust has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their Advisory Agreement. The Trustees have adopted CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Fund portfolios. A description of CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in the Appendix.
The trust is required to disclose annually each fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. The fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th will be available by visiting the Schwab website at www.schwab.com/schwabfund. A fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Brokerage Commissions
The funds are new and, therefore, for each of the last three fiscal years, the funds paid no brokerage commissions.
Regular Broker-Dealers
Each fund’s regular broker-dealers during its most recent fiscal year are: (1) the ten broker-dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from the fund; (2) the ten broker-dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions; and (3) the ten broker-dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of the fund’s shares. The funds are new and, therefore, have not purchased securities issued by any regular broker-dealers.

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
Each fund is a series of Schwab Strategic Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Delaware statutory trust on January 27, 2009.
The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Trust may, however, be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each series of the Trust or by the vote of the Trustees.
Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (with fractional votes for fractional shares held) and will vote (to the extent provided herein) in the election of Trustees and the termination of the Trust and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. Shareholders will vote by individual series on all matters except (i) when required by the 1940 Act, shares shall be voted in the aggregate and not by individual series and (ii) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more series, then only shareholders of such series shall be entitled to vote thereon. Shareholders of one series shall not be entitled to vote on matters exclusively affecting another series, such matters including, without limitation, the adoption of or change in any fundamental policies or restrictions of the other series and the approval of the investment advisory contracts of the other series.
There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, except that in accordance with the 1940 Act (i) the Trust will hold a shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been

66



Table of Contents

elected by shareholders, and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy in the Board of Trustees, less than two-thirds of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the shareholders, that vacancy may only be filled by a vote of the shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares and filed with the Trust’s custodian or by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for the purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Except as set forth above, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees. Voting rights are not cumulative.
The Declaration of Trust may, without shareholder vote, restate, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust. Shareholders shall have the right to vote on any amendment that could affect their right to vote, any amendment to the Amendments section, any amendment for which shareholder vote may be required by applicable law or by the Trust’s registration statement filed with the SEC, and on any amendment submitted to them by the Trustees.
Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without the approval of shareholders of any series.
Shareholders wishing to submit proposals for inclusion in a proxy statement for a future shareholder meeting should send their written submissions to the Trust at                     . Proposals must be received a reasonable time in advance of a proxy solicitation to be included. Submission of a proposal does not guarantee inclusion in a proxy statement because proposals must comply with certain federal securities regulations.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES
CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
The funds are open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open (Business Days). The NYSE’s trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. Eastern time until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE’s trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for 2009: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Only orders that are received in good order by a fund’s transfer agent no later than the close of the NYSE’s trading session will be executed that day at the fund’s share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received by the funds’ transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day’s share price.

67



Table of Contents

Creation. The trust issues and sells shares of the funds only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day, for an order received in proper form.
Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the funds may consist of (i) the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of a fund, and an amount of cash denominated in U.S. Dollars (the “Cash Component”) computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of a fund.
The funds may accept a basket of money market instruments, non-U.S. currency or cash denominated in U.S. dollars that differs from the composition of the published basket. The funds may permit or require the consideration for Creation Units to consist solely of cash or non-U.S. currency. The funds may permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash denominated in U.S. Dollars (i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. For example, the trust reserves the right to permit or require a “cash in lieu” amount where the delivery of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant (as described below) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws, or in certain other situations.
The Cash Component is sometimes also referred to as the “Balancing Amount.” The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the value of the Deposit Securities. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the value of the Deposit Securities), the creator will deliver the Cash Component. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the value of the Deposit Securities), the creator will receive the Cash Component. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty tax or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant.
A fund or its agent, through the NSCC or otherwise, makes available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the NYSE Arca, Inc. Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the current Fund Deposit for the fund. Such Deposit Securities are applicable, subject to any adjustments, in order to effect creations of Creation Units of the fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities is made available.
Procedures for Creation of Creation Units. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor and to create a Creation Units of a fund, an entity must be a DTC Participant and must have executed an agreement with the Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (“Participant Agreement”). A DTC Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement is referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” Investors should contact the Distributor for the names of Authorized Participants that have signed a Participant Agreement. All shares of a fund, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of                      for the account of a DTC Participant.

68



Table of Contents

All orders to create shares must be placed for one or more Creation Units. Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. The date on which an order to create Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as discussed below) is placed is referred to as the “Transmittal Date.” Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, as described below. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.
On days when the New York Stock Exchange or U.S. or non-U.S. bond markets close earlier than normal, the fund may require purchase orders to be placed earlier in the day. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the trust, whose determination shall be final and binding.
If the Distributor does not receive both the required Deposit Securities and the Cash Component by the specified time on the settlement date, the trust may cancel or revoke acceptance of such order. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled or revoked order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of a fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the settlement date.
Creation Units may be created in advance of receipt by the trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since, in addition to available Deposit Securities, U.S. cash (or an equivalent amount of non-U.S. currency) must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) at least 102%, which the trust may change from time to time, of the market value of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”) with the fund pending delivery of any missing Deposit Securities. The Authorized Participant must deposit with the custodian the appropriate amount of federal funds by 10:00 a.m. New York time (or such other time as specified by the trust) on the settlement date. If the Distributor does not receive the Additional Cash Deposit in the appropriate amount by such time, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to a fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of U.S. cash (or an equivalent amount of non-U.S. currency) shall be required to be deposited with the Distributor, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the trust in an amount at least equal to 102%, which the trust may change from time to time, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. To the extent that missing Deposit Securities are not received by the specified time on the settlement date, or in the event a marked-to-market payment is not made within one Business Day following notification by the distributor that such a payment is required, the trust may use the cash on deposit to purchase the missing Deposit Securities. The Authorized Participant will be liable to the trust for the costs incurred by the trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the transmittal date plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash

69



Table of Contents

Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the distributor or purchased by the trust and deposited into the trust. In addition, a transaction fee, as listed below, will be charged in all cases.
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. The trust reserves the absolute right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of the fund. For example, the trust may reject or revoke acceptance of an order, if (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of a fund; (iii) the Deposit Securities delivered are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by a fund as described above; (iv) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to a fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the trust or CSIM, have an adverse effect on the trust or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the trust, the custodian, the Distributor or CSIM make it for all practical purposes impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such circumstances include natural disaster, war, revolution; public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the trust, CSIM, the Distributor, DTC, NSCC, custodian (or sub-custodian) or any other participant in the creation process, and similar extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of the order of such person. The trust, custodian (or sub-custodian) and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.
Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee. The funds impose a “Transaction Fee” on investors purchasing or redeeming Creation Units. The Transaction Fee will be limited to amounts that have been determined by CSIM to be appropriate. The purpose of the Transaction Fee is to protect the existing shareholders of the funds from the dilutive costs associated with the purchase and redemption of Creation Units. Where the funds permit cash creations (or redemptions) or cash in lieu of depositing one or more Deposit Securities, the purchaser (or redeemer) may be assessed a higher Transaction Fee to offset the transaction cost to the funds of buying (or selling) those particular Deposit Securities. Transaction Fees will differ for the funds, depending on the transaction expenses related to the funds’ portfolio securities. Every purchaser of a Creation Unit will receive a prospectus that contains disclosure about the Transaction Fee, including the maximum amount of the Transaction Fee charged by the funds.
The following table sets forth the standard and maximum creation transaction fee for the funds.

70



Table of Contents

                         
            Standard   Maximum
    Approximate Value of One   Creation/Redemption   Creation/Redemption
Name of Fund   Creation Unit   Transaction Fee   Transaction Fee
Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab International Equity ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF
  $       $       $    
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF
  $       $       $    
Placement of Redemption Orders. The process to redeem Creation Units works much like the process to purchase Creation Units, but in reverse. Orders to redeem Creation Units of the fund must be delivered through an Authorized Participant. Investors other than Authorized Participants are responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized Participant. Orders must be accompanied or followed by the requisite number of shares of the funds specified in such order, which delivery must be made to the Distributor no later than 10:00 a.m. New York time on the next Business Day following the Transmittal Date. All other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement must be properly followed.
To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant’s agreement, in the event the Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Units to be redeemed to the funds’ transfer agent, the transfer agent will nonetheless accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value (marked to market daily) at least equal to 105%, which CSIM may change from time to time, of the value of the missing shares.
The current procedures for collateralization of missing shares require, among other things, that any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars (or, at the discretion of the trust, non-U.S. currency in an equivalent amount) in immediately-available funds and shall be held by the custodian and marked to market daily. The fees of the custodian (and any sub-custodians) in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The trust, on behalf of the funds, is permitted to purchase the missing shares or acquire the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component underlying such shares at any

71



Table of Contents

time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the trust of purchasing such shares, Deposit Securities or Cash Component and the value of the collateral.
If the requisite number of shares of the funds is not delivered on the Transmittal Date as described above the funds may reject or revoke acceptance of the redemption request. If it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in U.S. cash and the redeeming Authorized Participant will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that the fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of a fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the trust’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). The funds may also, in their sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities but does not differ in NAV.
Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the funds (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserve the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the trust could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.
The ability of the trust to effect in-kind creations and redemptions is subject, among other things, to the condition that, within the time period from the date of the order to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are holidays in the applicable foreign market. For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the applicable foreign market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. equity market, the redemption settlement cycle may be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies may also prevent the trust from delivering securities within normal settlement period. The funds will not suspend or postpone redemption beyond seven days, except as permitted under Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act or pursuant to exemptive relief obtained by the trust. Section 22(e) provides that the right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to the funds (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the NYSE is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of a fund’s portfolio securities or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, the funds calculate their share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally, 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are

72



Table of Contents

required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.
Shareholders of funds that invest in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of a fund’s securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The funds use approved pricing services to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing services as follows: generally securities traded on exchanges are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded, or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the preceding closing values of such securities on their respective exchanges with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing services. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds pursuant to the procedures.
NOTE: Transactions in fund shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares directly from a fund in Creation Units. Fund shares are purchased or sold on a national securities exchange at market prices, which may be higher (premium) or lower (discount) than NAV.

TAXATION
Federal Tax Information for the Funds
This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
It is each fund’s policy to qualify for taxation as a “regulated investment company” (RIC) by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital gains. In addition, each fund could be

73



Table of Contents

required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC.
Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the trust’s other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a fund’s assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as “qualified publicly traded partnerships” for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. In order to do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, less than 90% of the partnership’s gross income can consist of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.
The Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their “ordinary income” (as defined in the Code) for the calendar year plus 98% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. A fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.

74



Table of Contents

Dividends and interest received from a fund’s holding of foreign securities may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If the funds meet certain requirements, which include a requirement that more than 50% of the value of the funds total assets at the close of its respective taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations, then the funds should be eligible to file an election with the Internal Revenue Service that may enable shareholders, in effect, to receive either the benefit of a foreign tax credit, or a tax deduction, with respect to any foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid to the funds, subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to this election, the funds will treat those taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders. Each such shareholder will be required to include a proportionate share of those taxes in gross income as income received from a foreign source and must treat the amount so included as if the shareholder had paid the foreign tax directly. The shareholder may then either deduct the taxes deemed paid by him or her in computing his or her taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing information in calculating any foreign tax credit the shareholder may be entitled to use against such shareholder’s federal income tax. If the funds make this election, the funds will report annually to its shareholders the respective amounts per share of the funds’ income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions.
The funds’ transactions in foreign currencies and forward foreign currency contracts will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the funds (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the funds and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require the funds to mark-to-market certain types of positions in their portfolios (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the funds to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the RIC distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The funds intend to monitor their transactions, intend to make the appropriate tax elections, and intend to make the appropriate entries in their books and records when they acquire any foreign currency or forward foreign currency contract in order to mitigate the effect of these rules so as to prevent disqualification of the funds as a RIC and minimize the imposition of income and excise taxes.
If the funds own shares in certain foreign investment entities, referred to as “passive foreign investment companies” or “PFIC,” the funds will be subject to one of the following special tax regimes: (i) the funds are liable for U.S. federal income tax, and an additional interest charge, on a portion of any “excess distribution” from such foreign entity or any gain from the disposition of such shares, even if the entire distribution or gain is paid out by the funds as a dividend to its shareholders; (ii) if the funds were able and elected to treat a PFIC as a “qualifying electing fund” or “QEF,” the funds would be required each year to include in income, and distribute to shareholders in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above, the funds’ pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the passive foreign investment company, whether or not such earnings or gains are distributed to the funds; or (iii) the funds may be entitled to mark-to-market annually shares of the PFIC, and in such event would be required to

75



Table of Contents

distribute to shareholders any such mark-to-market gains in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above.
A fund’s transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a fund’s assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of a fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.
Each fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. Each fund distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the fund’s fiscal year on futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the fund’s other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not received any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because each fund distributes all of its net investment income to its shareholders, a fund may have to sell fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders
The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in each fund’s prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in the funds.
Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of

76



Table of Contents

the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (reduced rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets)) to the extent that a fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of a fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and each fund also satisfies those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by each fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that dividends received by the fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income.
Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are designated as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss. Long-term capital gains also will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Absent further legislation, the maximum 15% tax rate on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.
A fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gain distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend income, shortly after the close of each calendar year.
If a fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of a fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter, as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares.
For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions a fund designates to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate dividends-

77



Table of Contents

received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, which may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above.
A sale of shares in a fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Under current law, the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains available to non-corporate shareholders is generally 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of a fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares comprising the Creation Units have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses will be treated as short-term capital gains or losses. In some circumstances, a redemption of Creation Units may be treated as resulting in a distribution to which section 301 of the Code applies, potentially causing amounts received by the shareholder in the redemption to be treated as dividend income rather than as a payment in exchange for Creation Units. The rules for determining when a redemption will be treated as giving rise to a distribution under section 301 of the Code and the tax consequences of Code section 301 distributions are complex. Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Under current law, each fund generally serves to block UBTI from being

78



Table of Contents

realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, tax-exempt shareholders could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund where, for example, (i) a fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or (ii) share in a fund constitutes debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisors. There are no restrictions preventing a fund from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and a fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued recent guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.
Each fund has the right to reject an order to for Creation Units if the purchaser (or group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the fund and if, pursuant to section 351 of the Code, the respective fund would have a basis in the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. Each fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial Share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.
Dividends paid by the funds to shareholders who are nonresident aliens or foreign entities will be subject to a 30% United States withholding tax unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty law to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gain (other than “qualified short-term capital gain” described below) or unless such income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on through a permanent establishment in the United States. Nonresident shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the applicability of the United States withholding tax and the proper withholding form(s) to be submitted to the funds. A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an appropriate Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.
The funds may, under certain circumstances, designate all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” that if received by a nonresident alien or foreign entity generally would be exempt from the 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided that certain other requirements are met. The funds may also, under certain circumstances, designate all or a portion of a dividend as a “qualified short-term capital gain dividend” which if received by a nonresident alien or foreign entity generally would be exempt from the 30% U.S. withholding tax, unless the foreign person is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year. In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the funds designate the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. The provisions relating to dividends to foreign persons would apply to dividends with respect to taxable years of the funds beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010.
The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a U.S. real property interest as if he or she were a U.S.

79



Table of Contents

person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as “FIRPTA gain”. The Internal Revenue Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of “FIRPTA gain” by a RIC if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the RIC is classified as a “qualified investment entity” (a “qualified investment entity” includes a RIC if, in general, more than 50% of the RIC’s assets consists of interests in REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations); and (ii) you are a non-U.S. shareholder that owns more than 5% of a fund’s shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. If these conditions are met, fund distributions to you are treated as gain from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”), causing the distribution to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax return. Also, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. shareholder that is a corporation. Even if a non-U.S. shareholder does not own more than 5% of a fund’s shares, fund distributions to you that are attributable to gain from the sale or disposition of a USRPI will be taxable as ordinary dividends subject to withholding at a 30% or lower treaty rate.
Disclosure for Non-U.S. Shareholders — Each fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable dividends paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to “backup withholding;” or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s ultimate U.S. tax liability.
Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that for a fund’s taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and not beginning after December 31, 2009, interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding taxes. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gain dividends, of long-term capital gains and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code’s definition of “resident alien” or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as a fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of

80



Table of Contents

whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the funds.
Financial Statements
To be provided by amendment.

81



Table of Contents

Appendix

APPENDIX — DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Laudus Institutional Trust
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
As of March 2009
Charles Schwab Investment Management (“CSIM”), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM’s Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM’s responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the “Proxy Committee”). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of CSIM’s Fund Administration, Legal, and Portfolio Management Departments, and chaired by CSIM’s Vice President-Portfolio Operations & Analytics. The Proxy Committee reviews and, as necessary, may amend periodically these Procedures to address new or revised proxy voting policies or procedures. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the “CSIM Proxy Procedures”) pertain to all of CSIM’s clients.
The Boards of Trustees (the “Trustees”) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (collectively, the “Funds” or “Schwab Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. In addition, the Boards of Trustees (the “Trustees”) of Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust (collectively, the “Funds” or “Laudus Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. The Trustees have adopted these Proxy Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds portfolios. CSIM will present amendments to the Trustees for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend the Proxy Procedures between regular Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds Board meetings. In such cases, the Trustees will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Institutional Shareholder Services, acquired by RiskMetrics Group (“RMG”), as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by RMG include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping. CSIM has also retained Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), as an additional expert in proxy voting, to assist CSIM in voting proxies of limited partnerships. Glass Lewis is an independent provider of global proxy research and voting recommendations.
Proxy Voting Policy
For investment companies and other clients for which CSIM exercises its responsibility for voting proxies, it is CSIM’s policy to vote proxies in the manner that CSIM and the Proxy Committee determine will maximize the economic benefit to CSIM’s clients. In furtherance of this policy, the Proxy Committee has received and reviewed RMG’s written proxy voting policies and procedures (“RMG’s Proxy Procedures”) and has determined that RMG’s Proxy Procedures, with the exception noted below,

 



Table of Contents

Appendix
are consistent with the CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. The Proxy Committee will review any material amendments to RMG’s Proxy Procedures to determine whether such procedures continue to be consistent with the CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients.
Except under each of the circumstances described below, the Proxy Committee will delegate to RMG responsibility for voting proxies, including timely submission of votes, on behalf of CSIM’s clients in accordance with RMG’s Proxy Procedures.
     RMG’s Proxy Procedures are not intended to cover proxies of limited partnerships (“LP Proxies”), and accordingly RMG does not provide analysis or voting recommendations for LP Proxies. To assist in its responsibility for voting LP Proxies, the Proxy Committee has received and reviewed Glass Lewis’s written proxy policy guidelines (“Glass Lewis’s Proxy Procedures”) and has determined that Glass Lewis’s Proxy Procedures are consistent with CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. The Proxy Committee will review any material amendments to Glass Lewis’s Proxy Procedures to determine whether such procedures continue to be consistent with the CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. In general, the Proxy Committee or its designee will instruct RMG to vote an LP Proxy consistent with the recommendation provided by Glass Lewis in accordance with Glass Lewis’s Proxy Procedures.
     For proxy issues, including LP Proxy issues, that are determined by the Proxy Committee or the applicable portfolio manager or other relevant portfolio management staff to raise significant concerns with respect to the accounts of CSIM clients, the Proxy Committee will review the analysis and recommendation of RMG or Glass Lewis, as applicable. Examples of factors that could cause a matter to raise significant concerns include, but are not limited to: issues whose outcome has the potential to materially affect the company’s industry, or regional or national economy, and matters which involve broad public policy developments which may similarly materially affect the environment in which the company operates. The Proxy Committee also will solicit input from the assigned portfolio manager and other relevant portfolio management staff for the particular portfolio security. After evaluating all such recommendations, the Proxy Committee will decide how to vote the shares and will instruct RMG to vote consistent with its decision. The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares in order to maximize the value of that particular holding.
     With respect to proxies of an affiliated mutual fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the fund (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law, the Proxy Committee will also “echo vote” proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund. For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Schwab Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Schwab Funds, under certain circumstances, to “echo vote” proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Schwab Funds. When not required to “echo vote,” the Proxy Committee will delegate to RMG responsibility for voting proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund in accordance with RMG’s Proxy Procedures.
     With respect to shareholder proposals requiring that a company chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, the Proxy Committee has instructed RMG to vote against such proposals unless the company does not meet RMG’s 2008 performance hurdle. A company fails to meet the performance hurdle if its total shareholder returns relative to industry peers and the appropriate broad market index are in the bottom 5% for the one-year and three-year periods. In cases where a company fails to meet the performance hurdle, the Proxy Committee has instructed RMG to vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

 



Table of Contents

Appendix
     In addition to RMG not providing analyses or recommendations for LP Proxies, there may be other circumstances in which RMG does not provide an analysis or recommendation for voting a security’s proxy. In that event, and when the following criteria are met, two members of the Proxy Committee, including at least one representative from equity Portfolio Management, may decide how to vote such proxy in order to maximize the value of that particular holding. The following criteria must be met: (1) For each Fund that holds the security in its portfolio, the value of the security must represent less than one tenth of one cent in the Fund’s NAV, and (2) the security’s value must equal less than $50,000 in the aggregate across all of the Funds and separate accounts that hold this security. Any voting decision made under these circumstances will be reported to the Proxy Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
     Conflicts of Interest. Except as described above for proxies of mutual funds and shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, where proxy issues present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM’s clients, CSIM will delegate to RMG responsibility for voting such proxies in accordance with RMG’s Proxy Procedures, or, in the case of LP Proxies, in accordance with Glass Lewis’s recommendations as provided to RMG. The CSIM Legal Department is responsible for developing procedures to identify material conflicts of interest.
     Voting Foreign Proxies. CSIM has arrangements with RMG for voting proxies. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
  o   proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
 
  o   untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
 
  o   restrictions of foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
 
  o   requirements to vote proxies in person;
 
  o   requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM’s voting instructions.
In consideration of the foregoing issues, RMG uses its best-efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy Committee instructs RMG not to vote such foreign proxies.
     Securities Lending Programs. Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the security’s voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a Fund’s securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if (a) the proxy relates to a special meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuer’s annual meeting of shareholders), or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer. Further, it is CSIM’s policy to use its best efforts to recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if CSIM determines that the proxies involve a material event affecting the loaned securities. CSIM may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event is material.

 



Table of Contents

Appendix
     Sub-Advisory Relationships. For investment companies or other clients that CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment adviser, CSIM may delegate its responsibility to vote proxies with respect to such investment companies’ or other clients’ securities. Each Sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities as it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy to ensure that each Sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of economic benefits to the investment company or other client.
Reporting and Record Retention
CSIM will maintain, or cause RMG to maintain, records which identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients proxy voting records and procedures.
CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 



Table of Contents

Appendix
(LOGO)
 
U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary
(Digest of Selected Key Guidelines)
January 15, 2009
 
Copyright © 2009 by RiskMetrics Group.
The policies contained herein are a sampling of select, key proxy voting guidelines and are not exhaustive. A full listing of RiskMetrics 2009 proxy voting guidelines can be found in the Jan. 15, 2009, edition of the U.S. Proxy Voting Manual.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be sent to: RiskMetrics Group Marketing Department, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10005. RiskMetrics Group is a trademark used herein under license.
Risk Management   |   RiskMetrics Labs  |   ISS Governance Services   |   Financial Research & Analysis
www.riskmetrics.com

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
1. Operational Items:
Auditor Ratification
Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:
    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;
 
    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
 
    Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or
 
    Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.
Non-audit fees are excessive if:
    Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:
    The tenure of the audit firm;
 
    The length of rotation specified in the proposal;
 
    Any significant audit-related issues at the company;
 
    The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;
 
    The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and
 
    Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.
2. Board of Directors:
Voting on Director1 Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD2 from individual directors who:
    Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:
 
1   RiskMetrics’ classification of directors can be found in U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary.
 
2   In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid opposition vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid opposition vote for the particular company.
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 2 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
  -   Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;
 
  -   Pattern of absenteeism; and
 
  -   Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;
    Sit on more than six public company boards;
 
    Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees of the board of directors, (except from new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:
    The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75% of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the directors involved. If this information cannot be obtained, vote against/withhold from all incumbent directors;
 
    The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature. Vote against/withhold every year until this feature is removed;
 
    The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of an newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold/against recommendation for this issue;
 
    The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);
 
    The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);
 
    The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;
 
    At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;
 
    The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election- any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;
 
    The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only).
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Classification of Directors below) when:
    The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;
 
    The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;
 
    The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee;
 
    The full board is less than majority independent.
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 3 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:
    The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;
 
    The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or
 
    There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if poor accounting practices, which rise to a level of serious concern are indentified, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.
Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions in determining whether negative vote recommendations are warranted against the members of the Audit Committee who are responsible for the poor accounting practices, or the entire board.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:
    There is a negative correlation between the chief executive’s pay and company performance (see discussion under Equity Compensation Plans);
 
    The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in their equity plan;
 
    The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;
 
    The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they made to shareholders;
 
    The company has backdated options (see “Options Backdating” policy);
The company has poor compensation practices (see “Poor Pay Practices” policy). Poor pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.
Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:
The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:
    Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:
  -   presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;
 
  -   serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;
 
  -   approves information sent to the board;
 
  -   approves meeting agendas for the board;
 
  -   approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;
     
 
   
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary
  - 4 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
 RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
  -   has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;
 
  -   if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;
    Two-thirds independent board;
 
    All independent key committees;
 
    Established governance guidelines;
 
    A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;
 
    The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:
  -   Egregious compensation practices;
 
  -   Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;
 
  -   Corporate and/or management scandals;
 
  -   Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or
 
  -   Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.
Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
Generally vote FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.
Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also know as a director resignation policy) that provides guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.
Performance/Governance Evaluation for Directors
Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST on all director nominees if the board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers, measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only).
Evaluate board accountability and oversight at companies that demonstrate sustained poor performance. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:
    a classified board structure;
 
    a supermajority vote requirement;
 
    majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;
 
    the inability of shareholders to call special meetings;
 
    the inability of shareholders to act by written consent;
 
    a dual-class structure; and/or
 
    a non-shareholder approved poison pill.
If a company exhibits sustained poor performance coupled with a lack of board accountability and oversight, also take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics in the evaluation.
     
 2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary
  - 5 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
3. Proxy Contests
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:
    Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;
 
    Management’s track record;
 
    Background to the proxy contest;
 
    Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);
 
    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;
 
    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);
 
    Stock ownership positions.
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:
    The election of fewer than 50% of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;
 
    One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;
 
    Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and
 
    The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.
4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to the meeting date and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.
To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline.
In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposal.
Poison Pills
Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:
    Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 6 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
    The board, in exercising its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this “fiduciary out” will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient.
Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:
    No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;
 
    A term of no more than three years;
 
    No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;
 
    Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.
In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.
For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOL pills”), the following factors should be considered:
    the trigger (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);
 
    the value of the NOLs;
 
    the term;
 
    shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, causing expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs); and
 
    other factors that may be applicable.
In addition, vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors, (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis) if the board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to a shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of a newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold recommendation for this issue.
5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
Overall Approach
For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
    Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.
 
 2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 7 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
    Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.
 
    Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
 
    Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.
 
    Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.
 
    Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
6. State of Incorporation
Reincorporation Proposals
Evaluate management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:
    Reasons for reincorporation;
 
    Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and
 
    Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state
Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.
7. Capital Structure
Common Stock Authorization
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:
    Specific reasons/ rationale for the proposed increase;
 
    The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model;
 
    The board’s governance structure and practices; and
 
    Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 8 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable cap when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.
Preferred Stock
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:
    Specific reasons/ rationale for the proposed increase;
 
    The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model;
 
    The board’s governance structure and practices; and
 
    Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.
Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).
Vote FOR proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).
Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.
8. Executive and Director Compensation
Equity Compensation Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:
    The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;
 
    The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;
 
    The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards;
 
    The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% and the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;
 
    The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or
 
    The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.
Poor Pay Practices
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from compensation committee members, CEO, and potentially the entire board, if the company has poor compensation practices. Vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for poor compensation practices.
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 9 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
The following practices, while not exhaustive, are examples of poor compensation practices that may warrant withhold vote recommendations:
    Egregious employment contracts — Contracts containing multi-year guarantees for salary increases, bonuses and equity compensation;
 
    Excessive perks/tax reimbursements:
  -   Overly generous perquisites, which may include, but are not limited to the following: personal use of corporate aircraft, personal security system maintenance and/or installation, car allowances;
 
  -   Reimbursement of income taxes on executive perquisites or other payments;
 
  -   Perquisites for former executives, such as car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft or other inappropriate arrangements;
Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure - Performance metrics that are changed, canceled or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance;
    Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts:
  -   Inclusion of additional years of service not worked that result in significant payouts;
 
  -   Inclusion of performance-based equity awards in the pension calculation;
    New CEO with overly generous new hire package:
  -   Excessive “make whole” provisions;
 
  -   Any of the poor pay practices listed in this policy;
    Excessive severance and/or change in control provisions:
  -   Inclusion of excessive change in control or severance payments, especially those with a multiple in excess of 3X cash pay;
 
  -   Payments upon an executive’s termination in connection with performance failure;
 
  -   Change in control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution of job duties (single-triggered);
 
  -   New or materially amended employment or severance agreements that provide for modified single triggers, under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package;
 
  -   Liberal change in control definition in individual contracts or equity plans which could result in payments to executives without an actual change in control occurring;
 
  -   New or materially amended employment or severance agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up. Modified gross-ups would be treated in the same manner as full gross-ups;
 
  -   Perquisites for former executives such as car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft or other inappropriate arrangements;
    Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;
 
    Poor disclosure practices:
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 10 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
  -   Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;
 
  -   Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;
 
  -   Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained;
    Internal Pay Disparity:
  -   Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next highest paid named executive officer (NEO);
    Options backdating (covered in a separate policy);
 
    Other excessive compensation payouts or poor pay practices at the company.
Other Compensation Proposals and Policies
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on executive compensation. Vote AGAINST these resolutions in cases where boards have failed to demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests regarding executive compensation practices.
For U.S. companies, consider the following factors in the context of each company’s specific circumstances and the board’s disclosed rationale for its practices:
Relative Considerations:
    Assessment of performance metrics relative to business strategy, as discussed and explained in the CD&A;
 
    Evaluation of peer groups used to set target pay or award opportunities;
 
    Alignment of company performance and executive pay trends over time (e.g., performance down: pay down);
 
    Assessment of disparity between total pay of the CEO and other Named Executive Officers (NEOs).
Design Considerations:
    Balance of fixed versus performance-driven pay;
 
    Assessment of excessive practices with respect to perks, severance packages, supplemental executive pension plans, and burn rates.
Communication Considerations:
    Evaluation of information and board rationale provided in CD&A about how compensation is determined (e.g., why certain elements and pay targets are used, and specific incentive plan goals, especially retrospective goals);
 
    Assessment of board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues (e.g., in responding to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics).
Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Non-Qualified Plans
Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:
    Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 11 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
 RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
    Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;
 
    Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;
 
    No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.
Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:
    Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;
 
    Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?
 
    Is this a value-for-value exchange?
 
    Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?
 
    Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?
 
    Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
 
    Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;
 
    Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.
If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.
In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
Other Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.
Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits
Generally vote FOR proposals calling on companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 12 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
 RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.
Share Buyback Holding Periods
Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote FOR the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.
Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines
Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:
    Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:
  -   Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or
 
  -   A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or
 
  -   A meaningful retention ratio,
    Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.
 
    Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.
Tax Gross-Up Proposals
Generally vote FOR proposals asking companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.
9. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues
Overall Approach
When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, RMG considers the following factors:
    Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value;
 
    Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business as measured by sales, assets, and earnings;
 
    The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;
 
    Whether the issues presented are more appropriately/effectively dealt with through governmental or company-specific action;
 
    Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;
 
 2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 13 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
 RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
    Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders are persuasive;
 
    What other companies have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;
 
    Whether the proposal itself is well framed and the cost of preparing the report is reasonable;
 
    Whether implementation of the proposal’s request would achieve the proposal’s objectives;
 
    Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;
 
    Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and
 
    Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Genetically Modified Ingredients
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking suppliers, genetic research companies, restaurants and food retail companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products and/or eliminate GE ingredients. The cost of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients may not be commensurate with the benefits to shareholders and is an issue better left to regulators.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:
    The company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution;
 
    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and
 
    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling, including information on the related costs.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the company’s products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an issue better left to regulators) that may outweigh the economic benefits derived from biotechnology.
Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Product Reimportation
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company report on their product pricing policies or their access to medicine policies, considering:
    The nature of the company’s business and the potential for reputational and market risk exposure;
 
    The existing disclosure of relevant policies;
 
    Deviation from established industry norms;
 
    The company’s existing, relevant initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;
 
    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions; and
 
    The potential cost and scope of the requested report.
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 14 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
 RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the financial and legal impact of their prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.
Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits
Generally vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.
Climate Change
Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the impact of climate change on the company’s operations and investments considering whether:
    The company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impacts that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;
 
    The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and
 
    There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.
Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying initiatives, considering:
    Significant controversies, fines, or litigation surrounding a company’s public policy activities,
 
    The company’s current level of disclosure on lobbying strategy, and
 
    The impact that the policy issue may have on the company’s business operations.
Political Contributions and Trade Association Spending
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:
    There are no recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and
 
    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibits coercion.
Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending, considering:
    Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs; and
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 15 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
 RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
    The public availability of a company policy on political contributions and trade association spending including information on the types of organizations supported, the business rationale for supporting these organizations, and the oversight and compliance procedures related to such expenditures of corporate assets.
Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.
Labor and Human Rights Standards
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:
    The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;
 
    Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;
 
    Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;
 
    Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;
 
    Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;
 
    Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;
 
    The scope of the request; and
 
    Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.
Sustainability Reporting
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:
    The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity Report; or
 
    The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame
     
2009 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary   - 16 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix
(LOGO)
 
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary
January 15, 2009
 
Copyright © 2009 by RiskMetrics Group.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be sent to: RiskMetrics Group Marketing Department, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10005. RiskMetrics Group is a trademark used herein under license.
Risk Management  |  RiskMetrics Labs  |  ISS Governance Services  |  Financial Research & Analysis

www.riskmetrics.com

 



 


Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
RiskMetrics
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary
Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2009
Updated Jan. 15, 2009
The following is a condensed version of the general policies for voting non-U.S. proxies contained in the RiskMetrics (“RMG”) Proxy Voting Manual. In addition, RMG has country- and market-specific policies, which are not captured below.
Table of Contents
         
    4  
    4  
    4  
    4  
    4  
    4  
    4  
    5  
    5  
    5  
    5  
 
       
    6  
    6  
    7  
    8  
    8  
    8  
    8  
 
       
    9  
    9  
    9  
    9  
    9  
    9  
    10  
    10  
    10  
    10  
    11  
    11  
 
       
    12  
    12  
    12  
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 2 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
         
    12  
    12  
    12  
    12  
    13  
    13  
    13  
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 3 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports
Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:
    There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or
 
    The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees
Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:
    There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;
 
    The auditors are being changed without explanation; or
 
    Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.
Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors
Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:
    There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;
 
    Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or
 
    The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income
Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:
    The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or
 
    The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative
Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.
Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association
Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 4 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

Change in Company Fiscal Term
Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership
Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements
Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business
Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 5 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections
Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:
    Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;
 
    There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;
 
    There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;
 
    There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or
 
    The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.
Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.
Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.
Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.
[Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.]
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 6 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

RMG Classification of Directors – International Policy 2009

Executive Director
    Employee or executive of the company;
 
    Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the
  highest-paid executives of the company.
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)
    Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;
 
    Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;
 
    Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;
 
    Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may
  be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);
 
    Government representative;
 
    Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or
  to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;
 
    Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial
  relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);
 
    Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;
 
    Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;
 
    Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;
 
    A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a
  substantial shareholder);
 
    Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;
 
    Former executive (5 year cooling off period);
 
    Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme
  circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]
Independent NED
    No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.
Employee Representative
    Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-
  independent NED).
Footnotes:
 
[1]   “Relative” follows the U.S. SEC’s definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
 
[2]   Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.
 
[3]   If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or five percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
 
[4]   For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.
 
[5]   For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 7-

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Discharge of Directors
Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:
    A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or
 
    Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or
 
    Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.
For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director Compensation
Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.
Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions
Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure
Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.
Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.
Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 8 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

3. Capital Structure

Share Issuance Requests
General Issuances:
Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.
Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.
Specific Issuances:
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital
Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.
Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:
    The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or
 
    The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.
Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital
Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.
Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures
Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.
Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 9 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.
Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.
Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests
Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.
Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt
Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers
Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans
Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:
    Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);
 
    Duration does not exceed 18 months.
For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.
In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:
    The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;
 
    There is clear evidence of abuse;
 
    There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;
 
    Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.
RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 10 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:
    The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;
 
    The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares
Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value
Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 11 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com

4. Other

Reorganizations/Restructurings
Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:
For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
    Valuation — Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.
 
    Market reaction — How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.
 
    Strategic rationale — Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
 
    Conflicts of interest — Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.
 
    Governance — Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers
Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals
Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities
Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 12 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
     
RiskMetrics Group   www.riskmetrics.com
Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Compensation Plans
Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms
Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals
Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.
Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.
     
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary   - 13 -

 



Table of Contents

Appendix
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
US
Proxy Paper Policy Guidelines
An Overview of the Glass Lewis Approach to
Proxy Advice for U.S. companies for 2009

 



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
I. Election of Directors
Board of Directors
Boards are put in place to represent shareholders and protect their interests. Glass Lewis seeks boards with a proven record of protecting shareholders and delivering value over the medium- and long-term. We believe that boards working to protect and enhance the best interests of shareholders are independent, have directors with diverse backgrounds, have a record of positive performance, and have members with a breadth and depth of relevant experience.
Board Composition
We look at each individual on the board and examine his or her relationships with the company, the company’s executives and with other board members. The purpose of this inquiry is to determine whether pre-existing personal, familial or financial relationships are likely to impact the decisions of that board member.
We vote in favor of governance structures that will drive positive performance and enhance shareholder value. The most crucial test of a board’s commitment to the company and to its shareholders is the performance of the board and its members. The performance of directors in their capacity as board members and as executives of the company, when applicable, and in their roles at other companies where they serve is critical to this evaluation.
We believe a director is independent if he or she has no material financial, familial or other current relationships with the company, its executives or other board members except for service on the board and standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that have existed within the five years prior to the inquiry are usually considered to be “current” for purposes of this test.
In our view, a director is affiliated if he or she has a material financial, familial or other relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the company. This includes directors whose employers have a material financial relationship with the Company. This also includes a director who owns or controls 25% or more of the company’s voting stock.

2



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
We define an inside director as one who simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee of the company. This category may include a chairman of the board who acts as an employee of the company or is paid as an employee of the company.
Although we typically vote for the election of directors, we will recommend voting against directors (or withholding where applicable, here and following) for the following reasons:
    A director who attends less than 75% of the board and applicable committee meetings.
 
    A director who fails to file timely form(s) 4 or 5 (assessed on a case-by-case basis).
 
    A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious restatement has occurred after the CEO certified the pre-restatement financial statements.
 
    All board members who served at a time when a poison pill was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months.
We also feel that the following conflicts of interest may hinder a director’s performance and will therefore recommend voting against a:
    CFO who presently sits on the board.
 
    Director who presently sits on an excessive number of boards
 
    Director, or a director whose immediate family member, provides material professional services to the company at any time during the past five years.
 
    Director, or a director whose immediate family member, engages in airplane, real estate or other similar deals, including perquisite type grants from the company.
 
    Director with an interlocking directorship.
Board Committee Composition
All key committees including audit, compensation, governance, and nominating committees should be composed solely of independent directors and each committee should be focused on fulfilling its specific duty to shareholders. We typically recommend that shareholders vote against any affiliated or inside director seeking appointment to an audit, compensation, nominating or governance committee or who has served in that capacity in the past year.
Review of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis Report

3



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
We review the CD&A in our evaluation of the overall compensation practices of a company, as overseen by the compensation committee. In our evaluation of the CD&A, we examine, among other factors, the extent to which the company has used performance goals in determining overall compensation, how well the company has disclosed performance metrics and goals and the extent to which the performance metrics, targets and goals are implemented to enhance company performance. We would recommend voting against the chair of the compensation committee where the CD&A provides insufficient or unclear information about performance metrics and goals, where the CD&A indicates that pay is not tied to performance, or where the compensation committee or management has excessive discretion to alter performance terms or increase amounts of awards in contravention of previously defined targets.
Review of Risk Management Controls
We believe companies, particularly financial firms, should have a dedicated risk committee, or a committee of the board charged with risk oversight, as well as a chief risk officer who reports directly to that committee, not to the CEO or another executive. In cases where a company has disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where a reasonable analysis indicates that the company’s board-level risk committee should be held accountable for poor oversight, we would recommend that shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In addition, in cases where a company maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails to disclose any explicit form of board-level risk oversight (committee or otherwise), we will consider recommending to vote against the chairman of the board on that basis.
Separation of the roles of Chairman and CEO
Glass Lewis believes that separating the roles of corporate officers and the chairman of the board is a better governance structure than a combined executive/chairman position. The role of executives is to manage the business on the basis of the course charted by the board. Executives should be in the position of reporting and answering to the board for their performance in achieving the goals set out by such board. This becomes much more complicated when management actually sits on, or chairs, the board.
We view an independent chairman as better able to oversee the executives of the company and set a pro-shareholder agenda without the management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face. This, in turn, leads to a more proactive and effective board of directors that is looking out for the interests of shareholders above all else.

4



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
We do not recommend voting against CEOs who serve on or chair the board. However, we do support a separation between the roles of chairman of the board and CEO, whenever that question is posed in a proxy.
In the absence of an independent chairman, we support the appointment of a presiding or lead director with authority to set the agenda for the meetings and to lead sessions outside the presence of the insider chairman.
Majority Voting for the Election of Directors
Glass Lewis will generally support proposals calling for the election of directors by a majority vote in place of plurality voting. If a majority vote standard were implemented, a nominee would have to receive the support of a majority of the shares voted in order to assume the role of a director. Thus, shareholders could collectively vote to reject a director they believe will not pursue their best interests. We think that this minimal amount of protection for shareholders is reasonable and will not upset the corporate structure nor reduce the willingness of qualified shareholder-focused directors to serve in the future.
Classified Boards
Glass Lewis favors the repeal of staggered boards in favor of the annual election of directors. We believe that staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than annually elected boards. Furthermore, we feel that the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on protecting the interests of shareholders.
Mutual Fund Boards
Mutual funds, or investment companies, are structured differently than regular public companies (i.e., operating companies). Members of the fund’s adviser are typically on the board and management takes on a different role than that of other public companies. As such, although many of our guidelines remain the same, the following differences from the guidelines at operating companies apply at mutual funds:
  1.   We believe three-fourths of the boards of investment companies should be made up of independent directors, a stricter standard than the two-thirds independence standard we employ at operating companies.

5



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
  2.   We recommend voting against the chairman of the nominating committee at an investment company if the chairman and CEO of a mutual fund is the same person and the fund does not have an independent lead or presiding director.
II. Financial Reporting
Auditor Ratification
We believe that role of the auditor is crucial in protecting shareholder value. In our view, shareholders should demand the services of objective and well-qualified auditors at every company in which they hold an interest. Like directors, auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and should assiduously avoid situations that require them to make choices between their own interests and the interests of the shareholders.
Glass Lewis generally supports management’s recommendation regarding the selection of an auditor. However, we recommend voting against the ratification of auditors for the following reasons:
    When audit fees added to audit-related fees total less than one-third of total fees.
 
    When there have been any recent restatements or late filings by the company where the auditor bears some responsibility for the restatement or late filing (e.g., a restatement due to a reporting error).
 
    When the company has aggressive accounting policies.
 
    When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in financial statements.
 
    When there are other relationships or issues of concern with the auditor that might suggest a conflict between the interest of the auditor and the interests of shareholders.
 
    When the company is changing auditors as a result of a disagreement between the company and the auditor on a matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures.
Auditor Rotation
We typically support audit related proposals regarding mandatory auditor rotation when the proposal uses a reasonable period of time (usually not less than 5-7 years).
Pension Accounting Issues

6



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
Proxy proposals sometimes raise the question as to whether pension accounting should have an effect on the company’s net income and therefore be reflected in the performance of the business for purposes of calculating payments to executives. It is our view that pension credits should not be included in measuring income used to award performance-based compensation. Many of the assumptions used in accounting for retirement plans are subject to the discretion of a company, and management would have an obvious conflict of interest if pay were tied to pension income.
III. Compensation
Equity Based Compensation Plans
Glass Lewis evaluates option and other equity-based compensation on a case-by-case basis. We believe that equity compensation awards are a useful tool, when not abused, for retaining and incentivizing employees to engage in conduct that will improve the performance of the company.
We evaluate option plans based on ten overarching principles:
    Companies should seek additional shares only when needed.
 
    The number of shares requested should be small enough that companies need shareholder approval every three to four years (or more frequently).
 
    If a plan is relatively expensive, it should not be granting options solely to senior executives and board members.
 
    Annual net share count and voting power dilution should be limited.
 
    Annual cost of the plan (especially if not shown on the income statement) should be reasonable as a percentage of financial results and in line with the peer group.
 
    The expected annual cost of the plan should be proportional to the value of the business.
 
    The intrinsic value received by option grantees in the past should be reasonable compared with the financial results of the business.
 
    Plans should deliver value on a per-employee basis when compared with programs at peer companies.
 
    Plans should not permit re-pricing of stock options.
Option Exchanges

7



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
Option exchanges are reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although they are approached with great skepticism. Repricing is tantamount to a re-trade. We will support a repricing only if the following conditions are true:
    Officers and board members do not participate in the program.
 
    The stock decline mirrors the market or industry price decline in terms of timing and approximates the decline in magnitude.
 
    The exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders with very conservative assumptions and a recognition of the adverse selection problems inherent in voluntary programs.
 
    Management and the board make a cogent case for needing to incentivize and retain existing employees, such as being in a competitive employment market.
Performance Based Options
We generally recommend that shareholders vote in favor of performance-based option requirements. We feel that executives should be compensated with equity when their performance and that of the company warrants such rewards. We believe that boards can develop a consistent, reliable approach, as boards of many companies have, that would attract executives who believe in their ability to guide the company to achieve its targets.
Linking Pay with Performance
Executive compensation should be linked directly with the performance of the business the executive is charged with managing. Glass Lewis grades companies on an A to F scale based on our analysis of executive compensation relative to performance and that of the company’s peers and will recommend voting against the election of compensation committee members at companies that receive a grade of F.
Director Compensation Plans
Non-employee directors should receive compensation for the time and effort they spend serving on the board and its committees. In particular, we support compensation plans that include equity-based awards, which help to align the interests of outside directors with those of shareholders. Director fees should be competitive in order to retain and attract qualified individuals.
Advisory Votes on Compensation

8



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
We closely review companies’ compensation practices and disclosure as outlined in their CD&As and other company filings to evaluate management-submitted advisory compensation vote proposals. In evaluating these non-binding proposals, we examine how well the company has disclosed information pertinent to its compensation programs, the extent to which overall compensation is tied to performance, the performance metrics selected by the company and the levels of compensation in comparison to company performance and that of its peers. Glass Lewis will generally recommend voting in favor of shareholder proposals to allow shareholders an advisory vote on compensation.
Limits on Executive Compensation
Proposals to limit executive compensation will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. As a general rule, we believe that executive compensation should be left to the board’s compensation committee. We view the election of directors, and specifically those who sit on the compensation committee, as the appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their disapproval or support of board policy on this issue.
Limits on Executive Stock Options
We favor the grant of options to executives. Options are a very important component of compensation packages designed to attract and retain experienced executives and other key employees. Tying a portion of an executive’s compensation to the performance of the company also provides an excellent incentive to maximize share values by those in the best position to affect those values. Accordingly, we typically vote against caps on executive stock options.
IV. Governance Structure
Anti-Takeover Measures
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Glass Lewis believes that poison pill plans generally are not in the best interests of shareholders. Specifically, they can reduce management accountability by substantially limiting opportunities for corporate takeovers. Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a buy-out premium for their stock.
We believe that boards should be given wide latitude in directing the activities of the company and charting the company’s course. However, on an issue such as this where the link between the financial interests of shareholders and their right to consider and

9



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
accept buyout offers is so substantial, we believe that shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether or not they support such a plan’s implementation.
In certain limited circumstances, we will support a limited poison pill to accomplish a particular objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that contains what we believe to be a reasonable ‘qualifying offer’ clause.
Right of Shareholders to Call a Special Meeting
We will vote in favor of proposals that allow shareholders to call special meetings. In order to prevent abuse and waste of corporate resources by a very small minority of shareholders, we believe that such rights should be limited to a minimum threshold of at least 15% of the shareholders requesting such a meeting.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
We will vote in favor of proposals that allow shareholders to act by written consent. In order to prevent abuse and waste of corporate resources by a very small minority of shareholders, we believe that such rights should be limited to a minimum threshold of at least 15% of the shareholders requesting action by written consent.
Authorized Shares
Proposals to increase the number of authorized shares will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Adequate capital stock is important to the operation of a company. When analyzing a request for additional shares, we typically review four common reasons why a company might need additional capital stock beyond what is currently available:
  1.   Stock split
 
  2.   Shareholder defenses
 
  3.   Financing for acquisitions
 
  4.   Financing for operations
Unless we find that the company has not disclosed a detailed plan for use of the proposed shares, or where the number of shares far exceeds those needed to accomplish a detailed plan, we typically recommend in favor of the authorization of additional shares.
Voting Structure

10



Table of Contents

Appendix A
(GLASS LEWIS LOGO)
Cumulative Voting
Glass Lewis will vote for proposals seeking to allow cumulative voting. Cumulative voting is a voting process that maximizes the ability of minority shareholders to ensure representation of their views on the board. Cumulative voting generally operates as a safeguard for by ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares are able to elect a candidate of their choosing to the board.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
Glass Lewis favors a simple majority voting structure. Supermajority vote requirements act as impediments to shareholder action on ballot items that are critical to our interests. One key example is in the takeover context where supermajority vote requirements can strongly limit shareholders’ input in making decisions on such crucial matters as selling the business.
Shareholder Proposals
Shareholder proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. We generally favor proposals that are likely to increase shareholder value and/or promote and protect shareholder rights. We typically prefer to leave decisions regarding day-to-day management of the business and policy decisions related to political, social or environmental issues to management and the board except when we see a clear and direct link between the proposal and some economic or financial issue for the company.

11



Table of Contents

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 23. EXHIBITS.
     
(a)(1)
  Certificate of Trust, dated January 27, 2009, of Schwab Strategic Trust (the “Registrant” or the “Trust”) is filed herewith.
 
   
(a)(2)
  Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated January 26, 2009, is filed herewith.
 
   
(b)
  Registrant’s By-Laws, dated January 26, 2009, is filed herewith.
 
   
(c)
  Not applicable.
 
   
(d)
  Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(e)
  Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and [Distributor] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(f)
  Not applicable.
 
   
(g)
  Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and [Custodian] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(h)(1)
  Administration Agreement between the Registrant and [Administrator] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(h)(2)
  Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and [Transfer Agent] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(h)(3)
  Participant Agreement between the Registrant and [FIRM] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(i)
  Opinion and Consent of Counsel, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(j)
  Consent of [INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(k)
  Not applicable.
 
   
(l)
  Subscription Agreement between the Registrant and [AGENT] to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(m)
  Distribution and Service Plan to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(n)
  Not applicable.
 
   
(o)
  Not applicable.
 
   
(p)(1)
  Code of Ethics for the Registrant to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(p)(2)
  Code of Ethics of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. to be filed by amendment.
 
   
(p)(3)
  Code of Ethics of [Distributor] to be filed by amendment.
ITEM 24. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE REGISTRANT.

 



Table of Contents

     Not Applicable.
ITEM 25. INDEMNIFICATION.
          Reference is made to Article VII of Registrant’s Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a) hereto) and Article 11 of Registrant’s By-Laws (Exhibit (b) hereto),
          Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
ITEM 26. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.
     The Registrant’s investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), a Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989, also serves as the investment manager to the Laudus Institutional Trust, Laudus Trust, Schwab Capital Trust, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios, each an open-end, management investment company. The principal place of business of the investment adviser is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The only business in which the investment adviser engages is that of investment adviser and administrator to the Schwab Capital Trust, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future, investment adviser to the Registrant, Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust and an investment adviser to certain non-investment company clients.
     The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each director and/or senior or executive officer of CSIM is or has been engaged during the past two fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for which any director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or trustee is also listed below.
         
Name and Position        
with Adviser   Name of Other Company   Capacity
 
Charles R. Schwab,
Chairman and Director
  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Chairman and Director
 
       
 
  The Charles Schwab Bank, N.A.   Chairman, Director
 
       
 
  The Charles Schwab Corporation   Chairman
 
       
 
  Schwab Holdings, Inc.   Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  Schwab International Holdings, Inc.   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  Charles Schwab Holdings (UK)   Chairman
 
       
 
  United States Trust Company of New York   Chairman, Director
 
       
 
  U.S. Trust Corporation   Chairman, Director
 
       
 
  All Kinds of Minds   Director
 
       
 
  Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation   Director

2



Table of Contents

         
Name and Position        
with Adviser   Name of Other Company   Capacity
 
 
  Stanford University   Trustee
 
       
Randall W. Merk
Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Executive Vice President and President, Investment Management Services
 
       
 
  Schwab Funds   President, Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  Laudus Funds   Trustee
 
       
 
  Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, PLC   Director
 
       
 
  Charles Schwab Asset Management
(Ireland) Limited
  Director
 
       
 
  Excelsior Funds   Trustee
 
       
Koji E. Felton,
Senior Vice President,
Chief Counsel and Corporate Secretary
  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Senior Vice President,
Deputy General Counsel
 
       
 
  Schwab Funds   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
 
       
 
  Excelsior Funds   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
 
       
Bari Havlik,
Chief Compliance Officer
  Schwab Funds   Chief Compliance Officer
 
       
 
  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
 
       
 
  Laudus Funds   Chief Compliance Officer
 
       
 
  The Charles Schwab Corporation   Head of Global Compliance
 
       
Jeffrey M. Mortimer,
Senior Vice President and
Chief Investment Officer,
Equities and Fixed Income
  Schwab Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, Equities and
Fixed Income
 
       
 
  Laudus Funds   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer
 
       
George Pereira,
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
  Laudus Funds   Chief Financial Officer

3



Table of Contents

         
Name and Position        
with Adviser   Name of Other Company   Capacity
 
 
  Excelsior Funds   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
 
       
 
  Mutual Fund Division, UST Advisers, Inc.   Chief Financial Officer
 
       
 
  Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, PLC   Director
 
       
 
  Charles Schwab Asset Management
(Ireland) Limited
  Director
ITEM 27. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS:
To be provided by amendment.
ITEM 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
     All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, as amended, and the Rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:
1)   Schwab Strategic Trust, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104
 
2)   Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105
 
3)   Principal Underwriter — Address [To be provided by amendment]
 
4)   Custodian — Address [To be provided by amendment]
 
5)   Transfer Agent — Address [To be provided by amendment]
ITEM 29. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
None.
ITEM 30. UNDERTAKINGS.
     Not applicable.

4



Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California on the 15th day of July, 2009.
         
  SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
Registrant
 
 
  /s/ Shelley A. Harding    
  Shelley A. Harding, Trustee   
     
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on this 15th day of July, 2009.
     
Signature   Title
 
   
  Trustee 
 
   
  President and Chief Executive Officer 
 
   
  Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer 

5



Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
(a)(1)
  Certificate of Trust
 
(a)(2)
  Agreement and Declaration of Trust
 
(b)
  By-Laws

6


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated By Reference

This N-1A Filing   Date   Other Filings
12/31/04
9/7/08
1/15/09
1/26/09
1/27/09
2/1/09
6/30/0940-APP/A
Filed On / Filed As Of7/15/09N-8A
12/31/09
1/1/10
12/31/1024F-2NT, N-CSR, NSAR-B
1/1/11
 
TopList All Filings


Filing Submission 0000950123-09-022452   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2014 Fran Finnegan & Company.  All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Wed, 1 Oct 06:47:50.1 GMT